qvqd(正常人一天步行走路多少为宜)

1、qvqd，正常人一天步行走路多少为宜？

正常人每天走多少路才好呢？这个很难界定，比如谢医生本人，每天上下班加工作，到下班的时候一看手机计步器，一般都要8000-10000步左右，忙碌一天根本感觉不到走了这么多路，相信每天因为工作需要大量行走的人更不在少数，每天走2-3万步的朋友相信也大有人在！而有些朋友因工作性质的原因，每天可能2000步都走不上，那么哪种情况更好呢？如果选择步行作为锻炼方式，走多少更好呢？今天咱们就好好的聊一聊这个问题。

静坐少动的生活方式肯定是不好的！

相对于每天走很多的人群来讲，静坐少动的生活方式或者是工作方式，对于我们的身体影响往往是更大的。久坐的生活方式可以导致我们机体肥胖、产生胰岛素抵抗，提高我们炎性反应和血液高凝状态。

另外久坐，对于颈椎、腰椎都会造成很大的影响，长时间的缺少活动会导致肌肉力量和质量的下降，整个身体的灵活性和反应能力都有影响！

已经有充分而且大量的研究，显示从久坐行为向活跃的生活方式改变，如每天坚持步行，可以很好的帮助我们降低腰围，降低体重指数，降低血脂水平和餐后两小时的血糖。

每天走2-3万步，就好吗？

其实过量的行走对于我们的关节刺激也是挺大的，有些朋友可能会反驳说，我每天走2万到3万步已经10多年了，没有任何的不舒服，而是觉得很健康，确实这样的人群有很多，但谢医生要说如果要加上时间呢？如果您再走10年甚至更多年，那么对于关节的磨损一定会有的。

随着年龄的增长，我们的身体一定会慢慢的衰落的，关节软骨的弹性和关节软骨的营养将会慢慢不再像年轻时或者是中年时那样健康，如果在这样的状态下仍然过量的行走，造成关节软骨损伤，就很有可能继发关节炎，导致关节的疼痛，当骨关节炎发展到晚期的时候，甚至会导致人们出现功能的障碍，无法正常行走。

所以如果您真的每天走的量比较大建议您还是适当的把量减一减，骑自行车也是很好的锻炼方式，对吧！

正常人走多少路较为合适呢？

正常情况下，我们每天走6000~8000步是比较适合的一个量，当然这并不是每个人都适合的，有些人身体素质特别好，多走一些是完全没有问题的，有一些人年龄比较大，关节已经有问题了，那么少走几步也是完全可以的，但是建议不要走的太少，一定要超过4000步。

因为如果关节有问题的人群走的太少，关节就会变得肌肉将会变得越来越弱，关节的稳定性会变差，容易摔倒，而且会加重关节的病情。

那么如果是想通过行走锻炼身体，我们应该达到一个什么样的目标呢？加拿大有一份研究，发现每天走1万步的运动目标是比较适合的，走这个步数，获得的收益是最大的。

请大家一定切记，这是我们想要达到一个比较好的运动目标，需要的步行量，绝对不是每个人都适合走1万步才好。

那么这个强度应该怎么计算呢？2008年美国体力活动指南提出每个人啊都应该逐渐提高行走的能力，最好是达到每周5天，每天能步行30分钟，而且对步速有了一个要求，建议我们每分钟至少要走100步，这个速度不是特别的快，也不是特别的慢，对于达到锻炼我们心肺功能、强身健体的目的还是非常有意义的。

另外在众多的指南当中，现在都推荐我们要进行中等强度的有氧运动，那么如果您选择以步行来达到锻炼的目的，建议您锻炼的步速要略微快一点，达到什么样的强度算是中等强度的有氧运动呢？就是您在快走的过程当中能比较舒适的与别人进行沟通，而不会感觉到明显的心慌、心悸、气促以及气短等不适的症状，这个评价指标非常简单，我们都能做到。

行走当中有那些细节要注意呢？

如果您以行走当做锻炼方式，建议您一定要穿专业的健走鞋，跑步鞋也是可以的，这样可以更好的帮助我们减少足底所承受的压力，这样对于我们的足、踝健康，膝关节健康也是有好处的。

行走的步数没有必要太快，前面已经说到了，在行走的过程当中能舒适的与他人聊天，就是很好的一个强度。

如果您以行走1万步，作为健身的目标，完全可以分次行走，没有必要强求自己一次性将这1万步走完，不知道您是否有这样的体会，如果分次行走1万步，可能并不会觉得特别累，但如果一次性以锻炼为目的走完一万步，尤其是快走的话，停下来以后会觉得关节有僵硬感，甚至有痛感，第2天也会有关节的不适，这样就得不偿失了，其实已经有研究提示我们同样的锻炼量分次进行和一次性完成，达到的锻炼效果是一样的，但对关节的刺激可完全不一样。所以如果您觉得一次性走完1万步很累，那么分次行走吧。

大家在行走锻炼的过程当中也要注意适度的休息，不要每天强求自己一定要完成一样的目标，每周锻炼5天也就够了，给自己两天休息的时间，更好的为将来的锻炼做好准备。

在日常进行行走的时候，路面一定要平，如果有林间的散步小道是最好的选择，为啥呢？因为在林间空气好，学校的塑胶跑道也是很好的一个选择，但是并不是所有人都能找到这样的环境。

在锻炼的时候，光线一定要充足，尤其是对于老年人来讲，这样对于避免摔倒导致骨折有很重要的预防作用。

总结

对于正常人来讲每天行走6000~8000步是一个比较正常的量，当然如果身体素质比较好多走是没问题的，身体素质略差少走也是可以的，但建议每天行走的量不要低于4000步，因为我们必须要有适当的运动来帮助我们维持身体的机能状态。

如果您要以步行作为锻炼来说，那么建议行走量要在1万步左右，具体该怎么走，有哪些注意的事项，在文章当中已经给大家做了介绍，希望对大家能有帮助。另外谢医生在这里必须强调，这篇文章，我们探讨的是正常人，而不是已经有明显关节问题的朋友，如果关节已经有了疾病，那么每天行走3000~6000步，就是一个比较好的选择了，没有必要强求走的过多。

如果您还有其他的疑惑，可以在下方留言，咱们大家共同探讨。

我是坚持用简单语言解释复杂疾病知识的谢新辉，码字不易，如果您赞同我的观点，请帮忙点个关注或点个赞吧，如果您或者是您的家人朋友也有步行这方面的困扰，不知道具体该怎么样，通过步行来锻炼我们的身体，请把这篇文章转发给需要的他们吧，谢谢了！

2、如何自学英语？

英语是国际网络语言，是金融界语言，是空中交通管制语言，是流行音乐的语言，涵盖了人类生活的方方面面，学好英语就如同打开了一扇世界之窗，我国是经济大国，普及英语更是国情需要。

单词

背词的方法因人而异，但是万变不离其宗，就是要多写、多读，还要多用。背单词的目的不单单是要会念会写，既然是从零开始，那么首先要掌握的必然是26个字母和48个国际音标的发音和写法了。我这边先为大家介绍一下音标的读法：

元音

1.单元音：前元音[i]、[e]、[ae] ；中元音︰[A]、[o:]；后元音︰[u:]、[u]、[o:]、[o]、[a:]

2.双元音：开合双元音：[ei]、[ai]、[oi]、[ou]、[au]、[ie]、[eo]、[u=]

3辅音：爆破音：清辅音[p]、[t]、[k]；浊辅音：[b]、[d]、[g]；摩擦音：清辅音：[f]、[s]、[O]、[h]；浊辅音：[v]、[z]、[]、[6]、[r]；爆破音：[t]、[tr]、[ts]；浊辅音：[d3]、[dr]、[dz]；鼻音：[m]、[n]、[n]；半元音：[0]、[w]。

（学习音标的话可以在该视频链接中跟着老师一块学习和认识音标https://haokan.baidu.com/v?pd=wisenatural&vid=2050891487235808454）

学习单词视频链接：https://v.qq.com/x/page/u33089etcsv.html

以下的内容是我总结出的关于单词的一个分类总结。

名词（n.）

英语名词是用来表示人或事物名称的词。按照不同的分类标准，名词可以分为专有名词和普通名词；可数名词和不可数名词。

1、专有名词(Proper noun)

它是特定的某个人、地方或机构的名称。专有名词的第一个字母必须大写。如：Newton牛顿，San Francisco旧金山，Russia俄罗斯，United Nations联合国。

2、普通名词(common noun)

它是某一类人、事物或某种物质或抽象概念的名称。如：lawyer律师，market市场，computer计算机，rice大米，magazine杂志，freedom自由。

3、可数名词

可数名词是指能以数目来计算，可以分成个体的人或东西，因此它有复数形式。如：cup(杯子)，cat(猫)等。

4、不可数名词

不可数名词是指不能以数目来计算，不可以分成个体的概念、状态、品质、感情或表示物质材料的东西；它一般没有复数形式，只有单数形式，它的前面不能用不定冠词a/an。如：milk(牛奶)，bread(面包)，coffee(咖啡)等。

动词（V.）

英语动词简称“v.”。 一般就是用来表示动作或状态的词汇。基本上每个完整的句子都有一个动词，要表示第二个动作时可使用不定词、动名词、对等连接词、从属连接词或增加子句等方法连结。

代词（pron.）

代词是代替名词的一种词类.大多数代词具有名词和形容词的功能.英语中的代词,按其意义、特征及在句中的作用分为：人称代词、物主代词、指示代词、反身代词、相互代词、疑问代词、关系代词、连接代词和不定代词九种。（如下图列举几种）

介词（prep）

介词是一种用来表示词与词，词与句之间的关系的词。在句中不能单独作句字成分。介词后面一般有名词代词或相当于名词的其他词类，短语或从句作它的宾语。介词和它的宾语构成介词词组，在句中作状语，表语，补语或介词宾语。（部分介词的用法如下图）

数词（num.）

数词是指表示数目多少或顺序多少的词。英语中的数词分为基数词和序数词，基数词是表示数目多少的数词。

基数词

基数词用来表示数目多少，它包括表示数字的所有单词，记忆这些数字可以用数字构成分类记忆法。下图是我整理的一个简单的总结。

基数的作用

如下图，是我整理的关于基数作用的归纳。

序数词

序数词用来表示次序，在汉语中表示为“第几”，如：第一(first)、第二(second)、第三(third)...。序数词在书写时可以缩写first缩写为1st，second缩写为2nd,third缩写为3rd。下图是我总结整理的一个具体变换样式。

序数词除了第一，第二，第三或个位数为一，二，三结尾的序数词外，其它序数词都是以-th结尾的，缩写也是对应的数字加-th，如fourth(第四)缩写为4th。同时也要注意第五、第八、第九、第十二的拼写变化。下图是我总结整理的变换样式。

20-90整十位数序数词需要将对应的基数词词尾中的y变为i，然后加eth构成。 21-99非整十位数序数词需要十位数用基数词，个位数用相应的序数词。十位数和个位数之间用连字符“-”连接。

如下图是我整理的20-90整十位数序数词和21-99非整十位数序数词的部分内容。

序数词的用法

序数词在使用时，通常前面要加定冠词the。可以用来表示顺序、楼层、编号、日期中的日等。

2.3.1.用来表示顺序，如:

I am always the first to come to school.

我总是第一个来学校的。

2.3.2.用来表示楼层，如:

My aunt lives on the fourth floor.

我姑妈住在四楼。

2.3.3.用来表示编号,其结构为:the +序数词+名词=名词(首字母要大写) +基数词。如:

第九部分the ninth part=Part nine

第四课the fourth lesson=Lesson Four

第六段the sixth paragraph= Paragraph six

温馨提示:编号较大时，一般仅用第二种表达法。Room 101，表示101号房间。

2.3.4.用来表示年、月、日: "年"用基数词， “日用序数词”，如:

1949年10月1日一写法：Oct. 1st, 1949.读作：Oct.(the) first，nineteen forty-nine.

2017年2月28日一写法：February 28th，2017读作：February， (the) twenty-eighth，two

thousand and seventeen.

2.3.5.序数词作"几分之几”时,有复数形式。如:

1/5→one fifth; 2/3→two thirds；4/7→four sevenths；1/2→a half；1/4→one fourth =a quarter；3/4→three fourths =three quarters；50%→ fty hundredths ( fty percent).

2.3.6.有些序数词可以构成固定词组和习语,如:

on second thoughts再三考虑

frst of all首先

at first当初

from first to last从头到尾

on second thoughts再三思考

second to none名列前茅

形容词（adj.）

遇到一个生词的时候要先查字典，看看这个词有几个词性，每一词性下对应的意思是什么；其次，查找这个单词衍生出的其它词性的单词，例如：credit（信誉）是名词，加上词缀-ible之后变为credible（可信的；可靠地)，作形容词和副词。

英语形容词可以根据词尾来识别。常见的形容词结尾如下:

●-able/-ible: credible, achievable, gullible, capable, illegible, sensible, remarkable, horrible

●-al: annual, functional, individual, logical, essential

●-ful: awful, cheerful, doubtful, faithful, forceful

●-ic: terrific, cubic, manic, rustic

●-ive: intensive, adaptive, attractive, dismissive, inventive, persuasive

●-less: doubtless, endless, fearless, helpless, homeless, breathless, car, groundless, restless

●-ous: adventurous, famous, generous, courageous, dangerous, tremen, fabulous.

副词（adv.）

说到副词对于初学者来说还有一个大块儿头是一定要记忆的，就是副词的十三种分类。记住这个的话，副词的主要脉络就抓住了。比如：副词表示方式、程度、时间什么的。但是，这里只说第一种，因为入门就是从简单的开始说，副词记住就是作状语，来修饰动词的。就这么简单。在句子中的位置放哪里都行。下图是作者整理的总结性归纳。图一和图二进行衔接观看。

图一

图二

冠词（art.）

不定冠词

a,an是不定冠词，只用在单数可数名词前面，表示“一”的意思。a用在以辅音开头的词前面；an用在以元音开头的词之前，如：a day;a boy;an apple等。

定冠词

the是定冠词，表示“这”“那”“这些”“哪些”的意思。可以用在单数、复数可数名词或不可数名词之前。

冠词的基本用法

(1)单数可数名前可用定冠词或不定冠词。

I have a cute dog.我有一只可爱的小狗。

(2)复数形式可数名词前可用定冠词或不定冠词。

(The ) cars are important in the westem counties.汽汽在西国家非常要。

(3)不可数名词前可用定冠词或不定冠词。

Oil is lighter than water.油比水轻。

(4)专有名词前一般不用冠词。

Beijing is the capital of China.北京中国的首都。

不定冠词a，an一般有any或one的意思，但不强调数目概念，只用来泛指事物，说明其名称或种类。

(1)当第一次提到某人或某物时，用a或an起介绍作用。

She is a teacher.她是一位老师。

(2)表示泛指某一类人或物。

A snake is a cold-blood animal.蛇是一种冷血动物。

(3)表示某一类人或事物的任何一 个。

This is a cat.这是一只猫。

(4)用于抽象名词之前，使抽象名词具体化。

It is a pity that you are late.很遗憾你迟到了。

The ltte child is a joy to his parents.这个孩子给他的父母带来了很多欢乐。

(5)用于物质名词之前，使物质名词普通化。

They made a fire to get warm.他们生火取暖。

注意:

(1) 当不定冠词所修饰的那个名词的第一个音(不是字母，而是读音)为元音时，不定冠词要用an，而以辅音开头时用a.

(2)在使用不定冠词时，要特别注意缩略词。

an unidentified flying object一个不明飞行物。缩略词: a UFO.

连词（conj.）

连词可以分成两类，一类是表示并列关系的连词。比如and, but, either…or, neither…nor等；一类是从属连词，用于引出从句，比如主语从句，宾语从句，状语从句等，比如that, if, when, so, for等。

并列连词又可以分成三类，一类是表示选择的并列关系的， 主要有or表示或者，否则，either...or不是...就是...，neither...nor....也不....例句如下:

What is your favoite，singing or dancing?什么是你的最爱?唱歌还是跳舞?

I like neither singing nor dancing.我既不喜欢唱歌也不喜欢跳舞.

Either you or he tells her the truth. 要么你告诉她真相，要么他告诉她真相。

另一类是表示转折关系的并列连词， 主要有but但是，while而等。 例句如下:

I like singing but dancing. 我喜欢唱歌但不喜欢跳舞。

I like singing, while my sister likes dancing. 我喜欢唱歌，而我姐姐喜欢跳舞。

还有就是表示并列关系的并列连词，比如and，bot...and，以及as...等。例句如下：

Don't waste food and time.不要浪费食物和时间。

This box is three times as big as that one.这个箱子比那个大三倍。

从属连词主要根据状语的类型来分类。引导时间状语从句的从属连词类型比较多，包括表示“当…时”的when，while，as或whenever；表示“在…之前或之后”的befroe和after；表示“自从或直到”的since，till和untile；表示“一…就…”的as soon as等。例句如下：

I was singing when she danced.当她在跳舞时，我在唱歌。

I sang when she was dancing.我唱歌时她正在跳舞。

She danced as soon as I sang.我一唱歌，她就跳舞。

引导原因状语从句的从属连词主要有：because，for，as，since等。例句如下：

I study s go to the best school.因为我想上最好的学校，所以我才这么努力

引导目的状语从句的从属连词主要有：in order that，so that，in case等。例句如下：

I study so hard in order that I can go to the best school.我如此努力是为了能上最好的学校。

引导结果状语从句的从属连词主要有：so that，so...that，such..that等。例句如下：

I studied so hard that I went to the best school.我学习那么努力，所以我上了最好的学校。

感叹词（int.）

英语感叹词有：indeed、Ah、what、dear、well、now、there、man、boy。下图是我整理的一个总结性笔记。

学习计划

在我们熟悉了解音标和单词之后我们就可以为自己制定学习计划了。以下是我总结出的学习计划，方法不一定适应每个人，但是希望会对大家有一个帮助。

1.我们可以将5500个常见词汇分为30-50个Unit，每天背诵一个Unit（100-200个单词），一个月就可以完成一轮背诵，然后第二、三个月进行第二轮、三轮巩固复习。当然，每天早上背完一个新的Unit之后，我们需要在第30分钟、晚上、第2天、第4天、第7天、第15天及第30天、对每个单元进行及时重复复习。

2.【具体方法】：早上：拿一张白纸挡住中文意思，只看英文单词开始背诵，勾出不认识的单词。背完一个Unit之后，立刻把勾出的单词再背一遍（依旧遮住中文意思），如果还是有某个单词不认识，就再打勾背诵；30分钟后：把勾出来的单词重新自测一遍；晚上：睡前把打了2次及以上勾的单词重新自测一遍。以此类推，反复记忆。

3.【注意要点】：一定要严格按照表格重复，不要偷懒！不要偷懒！不要偷懒！如果偷懒一次，漏下一两个单元，今天耽误了，那明天想补救就会很难。比如，你3月20号背诵了Unit 12，你不仅要在30分钟后和晚上睡觉之前复习两遍Unit 10，你还需要在背完Unit 12后同步复习之前背过的Unit 9、Unit 8、Unit 6、Unit 3。

作者在这边也分享一下自己学习单词的视频链接：https://v.qq.com/x/page/u33089etcsv.html，该视频里可以帮大家有效的学习到单词的读音，同时在视频中也教给大家如何利用学到的音标来进行拼读单词。如果有兴趣学习的小伙伴们可以跟着视频进行单词的学习。

APP推荐

百词斩

全民用的最多最火的背单词神器，下载量高达3亿，评分超级高。关键是适合不同年龄层次的人，可根据自己的身份选择不同的单词文本，有小学、初中、高中、大学、四六级、专业六级、八级，适合零基础的成年人从头开始学习。还有不同的背单词场景，根据不同的图片背诵单词，记忆效果很好，对零基础的成年人很友好。

沪江开心词场

趣味性极强的背单词神器，成功解决了背单词枯燥无味的问题。这个APP最大的特点就是，在闯关的过程中，顺便把单词背诵了，轻松有趣，很适合成年人在上下班地铁上背诵。闯关的过程，也是检验你是否掌握单词的过程，不记住，闯不了关，让你干着急，激发你的闯关欲望。

扇贝单词

不仅可以背单词，还可以做笔记。和其他APP不一样，这个软件背诵单词的速度飞快，不过还会有第二轮的检验，反复巩固，加强背诵效果。背诵之前，还会问你认不认识这个单词，如果不认识，出现的频率会更高。

语法

我们认识了单词之后，就可以来了解每个单词组成句子的语法问题。其实任何一门学科都是由浅入深的，英语也不例外。学习语法就像造房子，首先要把基础的语法脉络理清，打好根基，之后再慢慢补充和拓展，让知识巩固起来。

英语语法最基础的就是简单句的组成，之后我们才会慢慢了解到并列句、复合句以及从句，以下是我总结出的语法内容，我们一起来看看吧！

简单句语法

所有的句子都是通过简单句而组合的，只不过句子的结构拓宽了一点， 词汇丰富了一点，从而演变为其他的长句。

1.主谓

主谓就是主语 + 谓语的组合，比如：Spring comes 。这句话中主语是spring ，谓语是 comes 。

主语就是引领句子的开头部分，是一个句子的主体，英文是 subject ，我们用字母 S 代替。谓语可以理解为动词，英文是 verb，我们用字母 v 代替。

2.主谓宾

根据字面的意思就是主语 + 谓语 + 宾语组合而成的句子，比如 ： I love you .

这句话中主语是 i ，谓语是 love ，宾语就是在谓语后面的词，这里是 you。

宾语的英文是 object，这里用字母 o 代替。

3.主谓宾宾

主语 + 谓语 + 宾语+ 宾语的句子。

这里的两个宾语都是谓语动词所产生作用的。

比如 ：I give you money .

这里的 you 和 money 都是 give 的宾语，give you 和 give money ，所以都是两个宾语。

4.主谓宾宾补

主语 + 谓语 + 宾语+ 宾补的句子。

比如 ：It makes me happy .

这里的 me 是 make 的宾语，但是 happy 不是 make 的宾语。

happy 是 me 的形容词，是一个宾补，全称为宾语补足语，起到了补充说明的作用。

注意 ：区分主谓宾宾和主谓宾宾补

主谓宾宾中的两个宾语都是谓语所产生的作用词，而主谓宾宾补中宾补是宾语的形容词，与谓语没有任何关系。

5.主系表

这里的系代表系动词。包含三个类别

A be 动词 ： am is are was were

B 感官动词 （五官）

look 看起来

sound 听起来

smell 闻起来

taste 尝起来

feel 摸着....感觉......

C 变化动词

become / turn / go / get / grow

这里的表是代表表语，包括名词、形容词、介宾短语、不定式todo

比如 you are beautiful 这句话中，you 是主语，are 是系动词，beautiful 是表语。

并列句语法

简单句通过不同的连接词就成为了不同的句子，通过并列词成了并列句，通过从属连词成了复合句。下面我们就一一讲解 ：

并列句：简单句+并列词+简单句

并列词一般有：and/or/but/so/while/yet/for/however，

1.表示并列：

and，not only...but also...，neither...nor...

Her father is a doctor and her mother is a teacher .

2.表示选择：

or，or else，otherwise，either...or...

Hurry or you won't make the train.

3.表示对比、转折：

but，whileyet，however，never，

I like tea while she likes coffee.

4.表示原因：for

I am thirsty , for it is hot .

复合句：简单句+从属连词+简单句

从属连词有：that /wether/if。

从句语法

名词性从句

当名词性从句作为句子的不同成分时，又被称呼为不同的名字。

当作为主语时，称为主语从句。

当称为宾语时，称为宾语从句，同样表语从句以及同位语从句。以下我们来举个栗子 ：

主语从句 What she said is wrong .

宾语从句 I said that she was wrong.

表语从句 The fact is that he doesn’t really try.

同位语从句 The news that he will come back is ture.

记住一点，不管什么从句，你把它当成一个”长一点的名词”。

那如果这个长名词在句子中作主语，就是主语从句，作宾语就是宾语从句。

同位语从句就是相当于一个长点的名词对另外一个抽象名词进行解释说明。

定语从句

修饰限定名词，汉语中“的”前面的内容。

关系代词引导的定语从句

1.who指人，在从句中做主语 Yesterday I helped an old man who lost his way.

2. whom指人，在定语从句中充当宾语，常可省略。

Mr. Ling is just the boy whom I want to see

3. which指物，在定语从句中做主语或者宾语，做宾语时可省略

This is the pen (which) he bought yesterday.

4. that指人时，相当于who 或者whom；指物时，相当于which。

5. whose通常指人，也可指物，在定语从句中做定语。

指的是谁的。Do you like the book whose cover is yellow?

关系副词引导的定语从句

when where why

状语从句

修饰动作的发生的时间、地点、原因、方式。

1.时间状语从句

常用引导词：when, as, while, as soon as, before, after, since , till, until

特殊引导词：the minute, the moment, the second, every time, the day，the instant,

I was fat when I was a child.

2.地点状语从句

常用引导词：where

特殊引导词：wherever, anywhere, everywhere

Keep it where you can see it.

3.原因状语从句

常用引导词：because, since, as, for

特殊引导词：seeing that, now that, in that, considering that, given that.

My friends dislike me because I’m beautiful .

4.目的状语从句

常用引导词：so that, in order that

特殊引导词：lest, in case, for fear that，in the hope that, for the purpose that, to the end that

study hard so that you can pass the exam.

5.结果状语从句

常用引导词：so … that, so… that, such … that,

特殊引导词：such that, to the degree that, to the extent that, to such a degree that,

He got up so early that he caught the first bus.

6.条件状语从句

常用引导词：if, unless,

特殊引导词：as/so long as, only if, providing/provided that, supposing that, in case that, on condition that

If you ask him, he will help you.

7.方式状语从句

常用引导词：as, as if, how

特殊引导词：the way

Think as i think

8.比较状语从句

常用引导词：as(同级比较), than(不同程度的比较)

特殊引导词：the more … the more … ; just as …， so…; A is to B what /as X is to Y; no … more than; not A so much as B

The house is three times as big as ours.

9.让步状语从句

常用引导词：though, although, even if, even though

特殊引导词： as(用在让步状语从句中必须要倒装)，while ( 一般用在句首 )，no matter …， in spite of the fact that, while, whatever, whoever, wherever, whenever, however, whichever

Though I believe it，yet I must consider.

时态、语态问题

时态的本质是：时+态。

所以学习时态，一定要把时和态分开来看待。

I am a teacher.

这句话，时间是“现在时”，状态是“一般态”

英语里有4种时间：

过去，现在，将来，过去将来

英语里有4种状态：

一般态：非完成，非进行

进行态：动作的延续

完成态：在截止时间时，完成了的事情

完成进行态(几乎不用)：过去是，到截止时间是，将来还是的事情(强调截止时间)

如下图，两个是我整理的笔记内容。

学习计划

1.从阅读时理解语法，再用语法书夯实理解而成的专业知识。举一个典型的例子。冠词the看似简单，实际上用法难懂变化多端。一本详细的语法书通常会记录数十条应用the的规则，及其不计其数的不可抗力事件，并且除外中依然存在除外。

2.学精语法，英语语感比规则关键。培养阅读英文的好习惯。仍以the为例。每一次读书的时候难免会遇到the字数十次，而每次都是看到不同情况，不同类型的句型。

3.读书时碰到疑惑，前去阅览语法书。这时候，语法书里的复杂规则就恰好派上用场了。由于你明白自己要请，都知道这种语法规则用于具体的语句。

以下几个图片是我在网上进行搜索归纳的总结性笔记，一列为一种总结内容，图一至图四为整体内容，图二衔接图一结尾，图三衔接图二结尾，图四衔接图三结尾。

图一

图二

图三

图四

给大家讲了这么多书面上的语法问题，作者在这里给学习英语的小伙伴们介绍一下我在学习英语时候借鉴的视频。视频中老师充分讲解了初步学习英语适用的语法问题，在讲解的同时还为大家用例句进行了说明。视频链接如下：https://www.bilibili.com/video/av934142897/?vd_source=5d64dd8ffce01670b3c7c8c70257178b）

推荐书籍

《英语魔法师之语法俱乐部》

本书内容非常简单，可以帮助语法薄弱的学习者慢慢理解语法。它分为三个部分：初级句型、中级句型和高级句型。初级句型共讲解了五种基本句型；中级句型有四种，即形容词从句、名词从句、状语从句和倒装句。另外这本书的冠词、不定式和动名词的语法相比其他语法书的讲解更透彻。

《English Grammar in Use》

本书的语法范例，主要是以情景为例，将抽象的语法概念更具体化、也易于理解。书中材料均来自英语母语国家，表达地道，让学习者可以学以致用，让学习的效率更好。全书图文并茂，内容生动，对语法知识点进行分类对比，可以让学习者快速梳理思路，学习起来事半功倍。

《柯林斯英语语法》

《柯林斯英语语法》的体例和所有的英语语法书都不一样，不是按照句型排列的，而是按照表达法和表达功能排列的，而内容也侧重于灵活实用的功能语法讲解，强调语法和词汇的结合。

句子

通过了单词和语法的认识，持之以恒记忆对话、课文中的佳句是丰富我们语言，积累句式的好方法。而能对熟悉的句子进行变通也是学习英语的重要技巧之一。现在虽然考试不考句型转换，但是句型转换可以加深我们的记忆和知识的拓展。（想详细了解英语造句内容的可以在该视频链接中跟着老师一块学习和认识英语基础https://www.bilibili.com/video/av763971245/?vd_source=5d64dd8ffce01670b3c7c8c70257178b）

句子成分

句子的组成部分，包括主语、谓语、宾语、定语、状语、表语、补语、同位语和独立成分9种，其中，主语和谓语是主要成分有，表语、宾语、定语、状语、补足语、同位语和独立成分是次要成分。

一、主语

主语是句子叙述的主体，可由名词、代词、数词、名词化的形容词、不定式、动名词和主语从句等来承担。

The sun rises in the east. (名词)

He likes dancing. (代词)

二、谓语

谓语说明主语所发出的动作或具有的特征和状态。谓语由动词来承担。

We often speak English in class.

三、宾语

宾语是动作的对象或承受者，常位于及物动词或介词后面。宾语可由名词、代词、数词、名词化的形容词、不定式、动名词、宾语从句等来担任。

除少数句子（如祈使句和感叹句等）外，一句话必须同时具有主语和谓语所表达的意思才能完整。主语是针对谓语而言的，是一句话的主题，谓语用来说明主语的情况，为主语提供信息。例如：They are working.主语是they(他们)，那么他们在做什么呢？看来没有谓语are working 是不行的。在正常情况下，英语的主语和谓语的位置与汉语一致，也就是说主语在前，谓语紧跟其后。

He pretended not to see me. (不定式短语)

I enjoy listening to popular music. (动名词短语)

四、定语

定语用于描述名词,代词,短语或从句的性质,特征范围等情况的词叫做定语,定语可以由名词,形容词和起名词和形容词作用的词,短语担任。如果定语是单个词,定语放在被修饰词的前面,如果是词组,定语放在被修饰词的后面。

Guilin is a beautiful city. (形容词)

China is a developing country; America is a developed country. (分词)

五、状语

状语说明事情发生的时间,地点,原因,目的,结果方式,条件或伴随情况,程度等情况的词叫状语。状语一般由副词、介词短语、分词和分词短语、不定式或相当于副词的词或短语来担当。其位置一般放在句末，但也可放在句首或句中，修饰动词、形容词、副词等。

Light travels most quickly. (副词及副词性词组)

He has lived in the city for ten years. (介词短语)

六、补语

补语的作用对象是主语和宾语,具有鲜明的定语性描写或限制性功能,在句法上是不可或缺的。补语是起补充说明作用的成份。最常见的是宾语补足语。名词、动名词、形容词、副词、不定式、现在分词、过去分词都可以在句子中作宾补。

His father named him Dongming. (名词)

They painted their boat white. (形容词)

七、表语

表语是用来说明主语的性质,身份,特征和状态。表语须和系动词一起构成句子的复合谓语。表语一般放在系动词之后。表语可以由名词,形容词或起名词和形容词作用的词和短语担任。

常见的系动词有: be, sound(听起来), look(看起来), feel(摸起来), smell(闻起来), taste(尝、吃起来), remain(保持，仍是), feel(感觉)

八、同位语

同位语当两个指同一事物的句子成分放在同等位置时，一个句子成分可被用来说明或解释另一个句子成分，前者就叫做后者的同位语.这两个句子成分多由名词（代词）担任，同位语通常皆放在其说明的名词（代词）之后。同位语和补语的区别在于：补语不能缺少，同位语可以缺少。

九、独立成分

独立成分，是当一个词、短语或从句用在句子里面，与句子的其他成分只有意义上的联系而没有语法关系时，它就称为独立成分。常见的独立成份有呼吁、惊叹语、答语、插入语、介词短语、非谓语动词所构成的短语及形容词、副词所引起的词组等。

陈述句

陈述句是陈述一个事实或者说话人的看法。它包括肯定句和否定句两种。陈述句在书写时句末用句号，而在朗读时则用降调。陈述句的核心是非常基础的。这个句子里有一个名词和一个动词。句子可以有其他成分，如形容词、副词和其他词。但是最简单的形式就是名词和动词。

陈述句的基本句型：

(1)主语+连系动词+表语

(2)主语+谓语(不及物动词)

(3)主语+谓语(及物动词) +宾语

(4)主语+谓语(及物动词) +间接宾语+直接宾语

(5)主语+谓语(及物动词) V.+宾语+宾语补足语

肯定句

The river flooded.河水泛滥了。(主谓 )

He has a sense of humor.他有幽默感。(主谓滨)

He can teach you English.他可以教你英语。(主谓+双宾)

He painted the desk blue.他把书桌涂成了色。(主谓滨宾补)

He is a doctor.他是一名医生。(主系表)

否定句

The river did not/didn't flood. 河水没有泛滥。

He does not/doesn't have (has not 1 hasn't) a sense of humor.他没有幽默感。

He can not/can't teach you English. 他不能教你英语。

He didn't paint the desk blue.他没有把书桌涂成蓝色。

He is not/ He's not/ He isn't a doctor.他不是一 名医生。

疑问句

一般疑问句

通常用来询问一件事情或一种情况是否属实，其回答通常是yes或no，因此这类问句又叫做“是非问句”。下面是句型。

Is there something wrong with this machine?这台机器有问题吗?

Have you got today's milk?你拿到今天的牛奶了吗?

Shall we go on?我们继续向前吗?

Will he not agree with you?他不同意你吗?

Haven't you any sisters?你没有姐妹吗?

Don't you like this movie?你不喜欢这部电影吗?

特殊疑问句

特殊疑问句是对句中的某一部分提出疑问，通常以who、where、when、why等疑问词开头，因此又叫“wh-问句”。下面是句型。

Who are you?你是谁?

Whom are you going to play table tennis this afternoon?今天下午你和谁打乒乓球?

Whose glasses are broken?谁的眼镜打碎了?

Which shoes do you like?你喜欢哪双鞋子?

What do they want to do?他们想要做什么?

When does she want to practice?她想要什么时候练习?

Where is the restroom?洗手间在哪里?

Why did you leave?你为什么离开了 ?|

How do you study English?你怎么学习英语?

选择疑问句

选择疑问句是对问题提出两个或两个以上的答案供对方选择的疑问方式。下面是句型。

Shall we go by bus or by train?我们乘汽车还是乘秋车?，

Shall I give you a hand, or you can manage?要我帮你,还是你自己解决?

Which do you prefer, coffee or tea?你要哪一样, 咖啡还是茶?

Coffee or tea?咖啡还是茶?

Which do you lie best, singing, dancing or skating?唱歌、 跳舞和溜冰，你最喜欢哪样?

反义疑问句

反意疑问句又称为附加疑问句，英语称为tag question，是一种常用于口语的疑问句式，主要由“陈述句(或祈使句) + 疑问句”构成。下面是句型。

陈述句有 be 动词时，以该be动词形成反问；陈述句有助动词（will、shall、can、have...）时，以该助动词形成反问；陈述句只有动词时，按主语人称及该动词时态，置 do、does、did 形成反问。下面是句型。下面是句型。

Study hard, will you?要用功，好不好?

Don't do it, will you?不要做这件事，好不好?

Let me go, will you?让我走，好不好?

Let's stop here, shall we?我们在这里停下，好吗?

There is wifi at this cafe, isn't there?在这个咖啡厅有无线网络，对吗?

The clock is slow, isn't it?表走得慢，对吗?

Your are good at math, aren't you?你擅长数学,对吗?

John is going to study English, isn't he? John会学习英文,对吗?

祈使句

祈使句是英语中的一个句式，也是用于表达命令、请求、劝告、警告、禁止等的句子。祈使句最常用于表达命令，因此在学校文法中也常称为命令句。下图是归纳的总结性笔记。

感叹句

感叹句是英语四大功能句型之一，主要用来表示高兴、愤怒、厌恶或者欣赏等强烈感情的句子，句末通常用感叹号！结尾，说话时用降调。下图是归纳的总结性笔记。

简单句

由一个主语（并列主语）和一个谓语（并列谓语）构成。只有一套主谓结构。主语可理解为“谁？”，谓语视为“做什么？”“是什么？”。

简单句五种基本句型：

主系表 SVP

主谓SV

主谓宾SVO

主谓双宾SVOO

主谓宾宾补SVOC

下图是归纳的总结性笔记。

并列句

是并列句由两个或者两个以上的简单句并列而成，有两套或两套以上的主谓结构。并列句的基本句型：“分句+并列连词/特殊符号+分句”。并列连词：and(和，而且) but(但是) yet (但是) for (因为) so (所以)。下图是归纳的总结性笔记。

特殊句式

存在句

存在句在英语中是用来表示人或事物的存在、出现等意义，而且大都是用于描述性文章中。存在句可以从结构，句型来分析，可以有多种时态形式。相关的语法重点有：存在句的谓语动词，存在句非限定形式，存在句主谓一致等。下图是归纳的总结性笔记。

省略句

在英语中，名词可以省略，动词可以省略，动词当中不但系动词这样的可以省略，连实意动词也是可以省略的，只要它已经出现过了。会使用省略句是英语水平走向高阶的一个标志，在使用省略句的时候，不要担心对方看不懂或者听不懂。只要你用的正确，不存在别人不能理解。下图是归纳的总结性笔记。

倒装句

为了强调、突出等词语的目的而颠倒原有语序的句式叫做倒装句。在倒装句中，颠倒了的成分可以恢复原位而句意基本不变，句法成分不变。英语倒装句的7种形式，希望能帮助你理解英语句子。下图是归纳的总结性笔记。

强调句

强调句型是一种特殊句式，用于表示说话者强烈的感情或意愿。强调就是通过某种手段使句中某一部分所包含的信息比一般情况下显得更重要。强调句型的结构如图所示：

学习计划

【第一步】：看大标题，图片，小标题，看完之后大概猜测文章是关于什么的，目的在于对文章有个模糊的印象。

【第二步】：重点略读，主要读每段第一句和最后一句，大概了解每个段的内容，目的在于对文章结构有个整体把握，比如典型的结构——介绍问题、给出原因、提出解决方法、说明潜在风险、对未来进行判断。

【第三步】：全文略读，读的时候让尽可能多的信息进入眼眶，略读次要信息，抓重点信息(核心观点、重要前提、重要假设)，并对重点信息进行精读，同时对觉得不错的内容再进行标记。目的在于掌握重点信息，方面以后复查或者积累写作素材。(这时候不懂的单词可以圈起来，只要不影响文章大意理解就不查，等到最后一步再查)

【第四步】：不断来回查找信息，对比是否存在疏漏，目的在于梳理文章结构，掌握文章整体脉络。

【第五步】：带着结构重新略读阅读信息，精读标记信息，看是否理解清楚，是否需要进一步的查询工作。

学习计划制定好后，作者这边推荐小伙伴们可以在b站上跟着这位老师学习学习，他的视频内容充分的为大家解决了句型问题，同时还利用造句的方式帮助小伙伴们可以更加深刻的了解英语句子的组成部分，视频链接如下：https://www.bilibili.com/video/av763971245/?vd_source=5d64dd8ffce01670b3c7c8c70257178b

阅读外文文章

《读者文摘》

读者文摘在全球多个国家和地区都有发行。1922年创刊，这是一本能引起大众广泛兴趣的内容丰富的家庭杂志。它所涉及的故事文章涵盖了健康、生态、政府、国际事务、体育、旅游、科学、商业、教育以及幽默笑话等多个领域。适用人群是英语初、中级水平学习者及考研党。

同时，由于内容具有思考价值、探讨性和实用性，中国英语考试中有不少题目和材料来源于这本杂志。非常适合考试党提高英语能力和语感，是夯实英语基础的大众型读物。

购买方式：直接联系中图订购纸本，这种刊物在国内订阅是完全许可的。都是英文原版，按期引进。读者文摘是那种小册子，时代是标准的杂志。现在国家对外籍刊物进口管理比较严格，自己从网上订电子版往往会被屏蔽掉。

《经济学人》

这是一份由伦敦经济学人报纸有限公司出版的杂志，创办于1843年9月，创办人詹姆士·威尔逊。杂志的大多数文章写得机智，幽默，有力度，严肃又不失诙谐，并且注重于如何在最小的篇幅内告诉读者最多的信息。该杂志又以发明巨无霸指数闻名，是社会精英必不可少的读物。

里面的文章十分经典，经常出现在考研的阅读理解里面，可见里面的用词、用句的高水平。还有很重要的一点，就是《经济学人》里面还会涉及大量的词汇、固定搭配以及长难句，不仅仅是提升阅读水平，对于词汇积累、语法提升等都大有好处。

就里面所有的板块和内容而言，个人最喜欢其中的 obituary 和 special report 部分，前者会写很多有趣的人，很有意思。后者则涉及政治、经济、社会、科技领域的时新专题报道，属于涨知识的必备栏目。

阅读方式：一些免费提供离线资源的网站，这块要用谷歌搜，或者用必应国际版，但很多更新更新着就不更新了，免费的可以搜一个关键词：西贝博客。还有国内一些网站提供付费的离线资源，这块是一种选择，只要会用指令搜索，就可以搜索进行查看。

还有就是通过发邮件到经济学人官方，咨询他们有哪些授权渠道商，再通过这些渠道商去订阅。

英语中期学习

听力

我们在锻炼听力的时候一定不要听那些东拼西凑的英语磁带，而是选择一个听力材料就彻底把它拿下。材料里的每一个单词、每一个短语都要听清楚。为了达到这一点，你必须听写。

明确学习任务

第一步是先纠正自己的音标，这是最基础的，我们之所以听不懂是因为我们发音不标准，我们也听不出来英语发音。所以首先必须纠正好自己的音标。

第二步是要扩大自己的单词量，好多人不注意这一点，认为听力的单词量有限，但是一定要把自己的单词量扩大到一定的范围。

第三步是训练听力，首先训练单个单词，先听单个单词，然后在逐渐的听句子，这是很主要的，要循序渐进。

第四步是在听听力的时候，一定要在自己听不懂的地方多听几遍，并把相关的单词和句子抄下来，经常去阅读。

第五步是每天坚持听听力至少2个小时，这是非常关键的一步，不要怕辛苦，坚持下来就行。

第六步是可以坚持看美剧或者坚持听外国的音乐和相关的歌曲，对自己的听力都有很大的帮助。

听力的基础练习可以在b站上搜索发音词典（这是用户）进行用于听力练习，这个老师的视频中开头部分就为大家制定好了听力规则，在观看视频的时候也可以充分的锻炼自己的英语听力。视频的链接如下：https://www.bilibili.com/video/BV1ZY411N7jx/?spm_id_from=333.337.search-card.all.click&vd_source=5d64dd8ffce01670b3c7c8c70257178b

学习小技巧

1、学会抓关键词

在听力过程中，我们要学会抓其中的关键词。在语段之间的停顿时间，快速浏览选项，对比其不同之处，在听的过程中通过关键词判断说话者的身份，帮助自己搜索相关背景知识。

2、学会划分意群

很多人在听的时候都是逐个单词地听，想要听懂每一个单词。其实这样做是没有必要的，也是很难做到的。因此，我们要学会划分意群来听，分词组分词块来听会帮助你节省很多时间，并能让你更快地理解句子是什么意思。

3、学会提前思考

在听力开始之前，你就要浏览完材料，结合选项开始思考。这段话要讲什么，目的又是什么。并学会猜测，包括对话题的预测、甚至通过常识进行答案的预测。这样才能在考试之中处于主动的位置，所以，听听力要积极主动。

4、学会做笔记

好的笔记能够让你的思路清晰，让你了解听力内容的结构。在听力的开头结尾时就要集中精神，记住相关信息，因为那很有可能就是听力的重点。有时考点在出题时是按照顺序来出的，因此笔记能帮助我们排除一些干扰选项。

5、学会注意数字

要注意以下几方面：常规数字的连读，百分数，分数，小数，百分比，电话号码，航班号，驾照号，信用卡号等等。

推荐学习网站

BBC Learning English

我一定要把它放在第一位，因为只要想到网路上的免费英文学习资源，第一个要推荐的绝对是BBC Learning English。

这个被公认为全球最佳的英文学习网站，不只具有英文单字词汇、文法、发音、听力、会话、阅读以及学习测验等丰富多元的学习教材，而且也一直持续更新教学内容。

除了可以用网路学习之外，也可以免费下载mp3语音和文字稿到电脑，当作持续自学进修练习的免费教材。

TED

TED Talks是可以一边听演讲一边训练英文听力的网站。在这里有不同领域的专业人士所发表的科学、娱乐、文化、教育、艺术等等专题英文演讲影片，除了训练正式英文的听力之外，还可以增长知识，开拓自己的视野。可以观看约10~20分钟TED Talks练习英文听力，听不懂时，还可阅读演讲稿理解影片内容。

English Online France

English Online France是一个非常有趣的在线英文听力训练网站，依照初级、中级和高级区分的英文听力训练教材共超过一百个项目，包括听写练习与测验的MP3语音教材以及听力练习与测验的影片。

口语

语言不是教会的，而是在使用中学会的。交际能力只能在交际中得到最有效的培养。一个优秀的语言学习者应具有强烈的语言交际的欲望，应力争语言训练的各种机会。应该不怕因犯语言错误而被别人讥笑。（口语的基础练习可以在b站上搜索，也可以结合下文讲解，在该连接中看视频配合学习https://www.bilibili.com/video/av378675437/?vd_source=5d64dd8ffce01670b3c7c8c70257178b）

明确学习任务

1. 一定要用完整句子对话

面对任何问题，都不能只回答表面内容，一定要在此基础上展开回答。如果别人问你一个问题，你只回答 Yes 或者 No，那如何提高口语呢？即使遇到了一个你根本不了解或者不会的问题，也千万不要用：“Sorry, I don’t know”或者“No”来回应。比如别人问了一个最基础的问题，“Where are you from?” 你千万不能只说：“I come from Beijing.”正确的做法是：先说明你来自北京，然后介绍一下北京的风土人情、家乡美食等等，最后再和对方互动一下，问你去过北京吗？或者你觉得北京这座城市怎么样呢？

2.多使用一些复杂句和从句

然后在平时练习过程中，要将简单句和复杂句交错使用，不要一直用简单的句子，这样会显得你的水平很 Low，也不要一直说很复杂的句子，因为很容易出错。在变换不同的句式的时候，记得不要出错。避免一直说简单句的最好方法就是，多说一些稍微复杂一点的从句，比如定语从句、条件状语从句、主语从句等等，同时一些相同意思的句子也不要用重复表达，要学会多尝试用不同的句式说出来。

3.通过美剧学习口语

通过美剧学习英语口语也是很多人可能有尝试的方法，对于上班族来说可以一边放松心情的同时学习英语。我建议可选择那些与日常生活比较贴近、故事情节较强的影视材料。例如金色年代。

口语的基础练习可以在b站上搜索MrYang杨家成，这个老师讲解的每个视频内容虽然简短，但是老师在讲解前就利用学生的错误发音进行纠正，充满趣味性的同时也能认识到口语发音方面的错误。我这边为大家找到一个不错的视频内容，链接如下：https://www.bilibili.com/video/av378675437/?vd_source=5d64dd8ffce01670b3c7c8c70257178b，如果需要的话可以试着看看一看。

英音发音学习

1.建立英音的肌肉反射

在我们开始在美音和英音间做出实质性的发音改变之前。我们首先要知道，发音的改变是要体现在每一个音上的，这样的改变才能导致整体上发音的变化。这包括说话过程中嘴型的变化，以及嘴部肌肉运动方式的变化。这是一个整体上的变化。并不只在有某个变化音的词里，你才能听到这样的变化，而是在每个音节上都可以听的出来。

所以想要练习一口标准的英式英语，第一步也是必不可少的一步就是练习音标。将每个音标老老实实的学习，通过肌肉发射，对后面的英式英语的口语练习能有很大的帮助。

2.建立英音语言环境

学一门语言，最好的当然就是处于一个特定的语言环境内。既然我们是在国内，没有办法实现英式英语的环境，那么我就可以通过听力来实现输入的问题，通过口语来实现输出的问题。

而对于锻炼听力，最推从的方法就是听万能的BBC了。你要知道，在BBC，不仅仅只有新闻的，BBC还有很多栏目，比如BBC Learning，就是可以通过上面的视频进行练习口语听力的栏目。

3.建立口语交流机制

现在互联网这么发达，我们完全可以通过sns来和世界交流。你只要学会FAN墙，就可以通过Facebook、Twitter、Whatsapp来找到愿意和你交流的人，如果他愿意学习中文是再好不过的了，这样互助互利是最持久的。不过记住，我们是要练习英式英语，所以最好找英国，或者加拿大的。

4.英式发音技巧

“R”不发音，不卷舌

T不发D音，发T音或不发音

请注意，“H”并不总是发音

单词“been”的读音是“bean”，而不是“bin”

结尾降调

美音发音学习

1.准备好学习的视频参照物

仅仅是自己照着音标、课本练习朗读，不能使自己的发音改善。学习发音视频教程，才是最容易、最直观、最简单的方法。因为，可以直观地看到美国人的嘴形、舌头的位置，这样可以很容易自我调整。

请在免费WiFi下，请自行百度：美式发音训练视频教程(汇总贴)。可以很容易找到美国Paul老师的视频教程。

2.制定学习计划，每天学习1集视频

每天观看1集视频，并且在安静、不被打扰的环境下学习。跟着视频一起，自己张口练习。练习时，不用去记忆生词，只需要张口练习发音就好。

学习完1集视频后，找找自己熟悉的单词、简单句子，按照刚刚学会的方法轻松、张口朗读。

嘴巴重新习惯需要时间。所以，请在学习第2、3、4天，轻松复习第1天学习的发音，并张口练习。这时，不用重新看视频，只需要读一读单词、简单句子。

3.巩固训练

在平时自己朗读自己喜欢的文章时，特意留意学会的新的发音。这是进步的最后一步。如果自己没有调整，还是按照自己以前的发音方法，那就没进步了!

如果按照这样的步骤，认真练习，任何一个自己不会的发音，每位朋友都可以在1周内熟练掌握。1个月内就可以掌握所有的标准美式发音了。

4.强化训练

如果学习过美国Paul老师的教程，还觉得不够。再推荐一个视频教程：

美国 Lisa 老师的——Lisa美语视频教程。请按照同样的反复，每次学习30分钟吧

5.美式发音技巧

当字母R出现在最后一个字母位置的时候，要发卷舌音。

当字母R的后面紧跟一个辅音字母的时候，这里的R要发音/r/

美式发音中的第二个特征,是关于美式浊化音。比如letter这个单词，其中的字母t就需要百分之五十浊化成发音/d/，有点类似ladder了。.

口语app

扇贝口语

这是一款旨在让用户“听得懂、说得出”的英语口语学习app，适合所有阶段人群，扇贝口语的课程系统完善，而且形式比较丰富，包括角色扮演，发音打分和故事模式，通过跟读以及听音复述和智能打分的形式，帮助培养开口习惯，纠正发音错误。

流利说英语

这是一款智能口语打分软件，内置各种以场景为主题的课程，你可以跟读模仿，然后系统会根据你的发音情况进行打分，他的练习材料非常丰富，从教材到职场，从生活到影视剧，而且都有难度划分，逐渐升级。

英语后期学习

练习

后期就要把你珍藏的真题拿出来了，从头到尾掐准时间（可以在开始的时候把时间写在卷题上，结束对照一下时间），作文可以先不写（前5套真题左右，把作文专项练习一下），一套真题两三天左右吃透，半个月时间把作文好好练习一下（文末附有大小作文模板以及视频），做完对照答案，（如何分析和做阅读，前面的文章已经讲过了）分数依然不重要，重要的是知道自己的薄弱地方，单词、语法、阅读速度还是注意力的问题。

背单词

单词不用说，该背还要背，这个时间可以有侧重点的背，同时还需要把重点放在真题中单词上来，一定要注意熟词僻义。

阅读

仔细思考做题过程中的这个题做错了，为什么做错，我当初怎么想的，答案又是怎么说的，有没有了解出题人的意图，带着这些问题，把错的选项分析一遍，做个小结，在题旁边标注，属于哪种错误，是粗心大意还是单词或者翻译错误等；其次是单词，这个单词我背过吗，是生词还是背过忘了，然后查出这个单词，记在自己的单词本或者在单词出处记下来，第二天背下来。

作文

怎么构思，如果这次试卷就是考试，我该从哪下手，我是不是又用了，老掉牙的词，背的好词好句有没有用上等；最后就是总结，把阅读、单词、作文遇到的问题做个总结，做个规划去处理，然后第二天去复习，直到这张试卷你认为没有什么价值了，那么你复盘总结就是成功的。

总结

最后说一下完成这个阶段所需的时间，我建议用两个月去完成是比较合适的。不要拖太长时间，不要在学习的舒适区呆太久。我们是需要感觉到自己在进步，需要有很多正反馈才能继续坚持学习的。

%3Chowto_content%3E[{"type":"paragraph","attrs":{"is_abstract":true},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"英语是国际网络语言，是金融界语言，是空中交通管制语言，是流行音乐的语言，涵盖了人类生活的方方面面，学好英语就如同打开了一扇世界之窗，","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"我国是经济大国，","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"普及英语更是国情需要。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnX6vMqZxgns9mjfIR7aq1sd"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"单词","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnuxF06Stq6O0au8uSuOPYpb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"背词的方法因人而异，但是万变不离其宗，就是要多写、多读，还要多用。背单词的目的不单单是要会念会写，既然是从零开始，那么首先要掌握的必然是26个字母和48个国际音标的发音和写法了。我这边先为大家介绍一下音标的读法：","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnh6EDeaDDgCKE7rfIdqGbkh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"元音","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnb49IWExsMuUEFu2UaJXJve"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1.单元音：前元音[i]、[e]、[ae] ；中元音︰[A]、[o:]；后元音︰[u:]、[u]、[o:]、[o]、[a:]","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcniR0xoQAwPp10oxZK30iSEb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2.双元音：开合双元音：[ei]、[ai]、[oi]、[ou]、[au]、[ie]、[eo]、[u=]","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnplvNfSsOsmD0Ew7pLWWvYc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3辅音：爆破音：清辅音[p]、[t]、[k]；浊辅音：[b]、[d]、[g]；摩擦音：清辅音：[f]、[s]、[O]、[h]；浊辅音：[v]、[z]、[]、[6]、[r]；爆破音：[t]、[tr]、[ts]；浊辅音：[d3]、[dr]、[dz]；鼻音：[m]、[n]、[n]；半元音：[0]、[w]。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnr4W5QwCQzCNSki5B4w4f1f"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"（学习音标的话可以在该视频链接中跟着老师一块学习和认识音标","id":""},{"type":"external_link","attrs":{"url":"https://haokan.baidu.com/v?pd=wisenatural\u0026vid=2050891487235808454"},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"https://haokan.baidu.com/v?pd=wisenatural\u0026vid=2050891487235808454","id":""}],"text":"","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"）","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnmrhR5MK4nmR5LR8O6yQbeT"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"学习单词视频链接：","id":""},{"type":"external_link","attrs":{"url":"https://v.qq.com/x/page/u33089etcsv.html"},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"https://v.qq.com/x/page/u33089etcsv.html","id":""}],"text":"","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnEgeoWLZT4M4vORBJtoqLLe"},{"type":"imageList","children":[{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":361,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"单词","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/30a0fb6ae5fc49c784433ef71e2c81e6","width":541},"text":"","id":"doxcnairL6iMHNXUIUXQWFns3Xf"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":545,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"单词","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/806f1274e6754f8fa045d38422b80f70","width":801},"text":"","id":"doxcn3CuDAaHWIiqedjSEzdZQAh"}],"text":"","id":"doxcn53I7b7m3kN67hW4gpQX3RL"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"以下的内容是我总结出的关于单词的一个分类总结。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn53I7b7m3kN67hW4gpQX3RL"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"名词（n.）","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnCEvxlGEHLswaa0vbrbckDh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"英语名词是用来表示人或事物名称的词。按照不同的分类标准，名词可以分为专有名词和普通名词；可数名词和不可数名词。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnlh4Q7ODsYMrPE3dOHqNoNf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、专有名词(Proper noun)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnR6TnhMLEYpJw1ryAxAmzrb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"它是特定的某个人、地方或机构的名称。专有名词的第一个字母必须大写。如：Newton牛顿，San Francisco旧金山，Russia俄罗斯，United Nations联合国。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnxBCCyEqVmEbSdNcB9muoCc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、普通名词(common noun)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnl1ianjNpY7UeYT7NONx8Tc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"它是某一类人、事物或某种物质或抽象概念的名称。如：lawyer律师，market市场，computer计算机，rice大米，magazine杂志，freedom自由。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnK6apgNhL7YDhIk2YR0LASd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、可数名词","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnO5sgpnXlfExWljLK6k8jvc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"可数名词是指能以数目来计算，可以分成个体的人或东西，因此它有复数形式。如：cup(杯子)，cat(猫)等。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnNkCrVRH82Vs0gk5p63jEWg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"4、不可数名词","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnrOfaRKPfZJ2Zo3f8H7sg3c"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"不可数名词是指不能以数目来计算，不可以分成个体的概念、状态、品质、感情或表示物质材料的东西；它一般没有复数形式，只有单数形式，它的前面不能用不定冠词a/an。如：milk(牛奶)，bread(面包)，coffee(咖啡)等。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnLP6OPA4MTCcx2rDoRg7rgb"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"动词（V.）","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcniYNTDByFinTiEhgxl7a7be"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"英语动词简称“v.”。 一般就是用来表示动作或状态的词汇。基本上每个完整的句子都有一个动词，要表示第二个动作时可使用不定词、动名词、对等连接词、从属连接词或增加子句等方法连结。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnJ8Q65VgXDg6bepX5Vlwrlg"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":263,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"动词（V.）","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/c32267c6dd10461b8283ca3e5ea7e6c1","width":394},"text":"","id":"doxcnxTqUgHQi8WqmTzrpQu4ivd"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"代词（pron.）","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnfsEIzKKEq0j2RWhn1N48od"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"代词是代替名词的一种词类.大多数代词具有名词和形容词的功能.英语中的代词,按其意义、特征及在句中的作用分为：人称代词、物主代词、指示代词、反身代词、相互代词、疑问代词、关系代词、连接代词和不定代词九种。（如下图列举几种）","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcndsFHK3R6gNvxsJd1aUxkHf"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":455,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"代词（pron.）","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/151af1aa0fb14aa39e7c0516d102101e","width":759},"text":"","id":"doxcnAsAOXgbji1P5RzMlotVHgf"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"介词（prep）","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnIRtesECJsl86mR1qUYgs9d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"介词是一种用来表示词与词，词与句之间的关系的词。在句中不能单独作句字成分。介词后面一般有名词代词或相当于名词的其他词类，短语或从句作它的宾语。介词和它的宾语构成介词词组，在句中作状语，表语，补语或介词宾语。（部分介词的用法如下图）","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnu1XVviQ72RjwYgSua9K8xb"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":438,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"介词（prep）","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/2220502a5c91443e886cd5b0fbb7adda","width":644},"text":"","id":"doxcnbEPt5AzCqILJzhzL5bXq3d"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"数词（num.）","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnAq7rSQz3DQTTZQhJl39uYg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"数词是指表示数目多少或顺序多少的词。英语中的数词分为基数词和序数词，基数词是表示数目多少的数词。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn1wgNeJ6qn8Yao2SmB6vMUd"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"基数词","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnovWPOlFExe9UzzvYp5D9Nb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"基数词用来表示数目多少，它包括表示数字的所有单词，记忆这些数字可以用数字构成分类记忆法。下图是我整理的一个简单的总结。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnCP0gi16U8k9D1h0ggZPxEe"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":465,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"基数词","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/8ce11edda66244aab0c0ed55d4107563","width":746},"text":"","id":"doxcnz8OW1aZaKBlutmiDFjMZvg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"基数的作用","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnOUnBqmYZWWcD5ebTKQwRmd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"如下图，是我整理的关于基数作用的归纳。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnrhwSd4gdMvXljnnexunADf"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":530,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"基数词","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/5bc24f37038a4dd689dd16109f68b992","width":795},"text":"","id":"doxcnu6JCG3zhbQ2JZHIYFCeg7n"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"序数词","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnNd2QMlUsW4a7QQxY4Bz9jg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"序数词用来表示次序，在汉语中表示为“第几”，如：第一(first)、第二(second)、第三(third)...。序数词在书写时可以缩写first缩写为1st，second缩写为2nd,third缩写为3rd。下图是我总结整理的一个具体变换样式。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn7wJeogWPgEKgp2DJpUjovd"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":248,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"序数词","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/55b5956998b44a49aa1220de1b60b254","width":439},"text":"","id":"doxcn8IJuGKCRF4sdMOsC68UIGd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"序数词除了第一，第二，第三或个位数为一，二，三结尾的序数词外，其它序数词都是以-th结尾的，缩写也是对应的数字加-th，如fourth(第四)缩写为4th。同时也要注意第五、第八、第九、第十二的拼写变化。下图是我总结整理的变换样式。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnb17IQMLHEk3C6TcRW5PXie"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":305,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"序数词","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/ce2900cdba8544a1aaf11a4761ac57c2","width":563},"text":"","id":"doxcn6U6rQAkruuAM1tVzDR7QNf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"20-90整十位数序数词需要将对应的基数词词尾中的y变为i，然后加eth构成。 21-99非整十位数序数词需要十位数用基数词，个位数用相应的序数词。十位数和个位数之间用连字符“-”连接。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnnog1pLNpDDqAqGebm8xMW5"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"如下图是我整理的20-90整十位数序数词和21-99非整十位数序数词的部分内容。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnjb9X9jgK4or1tSLa93Ukyd"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":255,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"序数词","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/8086d8fc824847afaccd238a3d8ca0b8","width":406},"text":"","id":"doxcnj9iMee8eyg0TsyAAnAQKld"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"序数词的用法","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn1zQvWJnkEguR0fWt0XUXzh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"序数词在使用时，通常前面要加定冠词the。可以用来表示顺序、楼层、编号、日期中的日等。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn8R1OLRlbnmUNBbYNOZI3Ce"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"2.3.1.用来表示顺序，如:","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn3BOQ063TyoGw6kGwe98SQb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"I am always the first to come to school.","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnhFPHKUz2nRivPKgw9Y7kkf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"我总是第一个来学校的。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnRA2j1N5MF9lRQnKDE6jbqe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"2.3.2.用来表示楼层，如:","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnORD5KBBDjLRkPHxnXvVu5g"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"My aunt lives on the fourth floor.","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnAtW1eyAgbUMMvUO34hXf8m"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"我姑妈住在四楼。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcndV8H1OWQ7ZRZh61zziVGee"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"2.3.3.用来表示编号,其结构为:the +序数词+名词=名词(首字母要大写) +基数词。如:","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnQi6GBYiKZ9RypRLGstSonc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"第九部分the ninth part=Part nine","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnJGDvyoRlf13B6fZk6S37Ib"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"第四课the fourth lesson=Lesson Four","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnntosWHt503kQCJRNraH9Tf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"第六段the sixth paragraph= Paragraph six","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn6JQFe7QOZuUFsV3sUwnwMd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"温馨提示:编号较大时，一般仅用第二种表达法。Room 101，表示101号房间。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnASpg96TjmioiSgBPlCDR7f"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"2.3.4.用来表示年、月、日: \"年\"用基数词， “日用序数词”，如: ","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnYUQWucoGUt2Tdl0pPHlzDf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1949年10月1日一写法：Oct. 1st, 1949.读作：Oct.(the) first，nineteen forty-nine.","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcntcPUSm22TTPF3CCTNbYhtg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2017年2月28日一写法：February 28th，2017读作：February， (the) twenty-eighth，two","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcno6PL39A3Vfjayd4yy3ARZZ"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"thousand and seventeen.","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn6bri8oRhtnjIxRA2CMfCZd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"2.3.5.序数词作\"几分之几”时,有复数形式。如:","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnWulPJ9ZStHilTAu14qiKqf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1/5→one fifth; 2/3→two thirds；4/7→four sevenths；1/2→a half；1/4→one fourth =a quarter；3/4→three fourths =three quarters；50%→ fty hundredths ( fty percent).","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnpVYZOz8vVd6PUUk7ahvCFg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"2.3.6.有些序数词可以构成固定词组和习语,如: ","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnBu1TNOlgctvRBdDXzI4XYe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"on second thoughts再三考虑","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnL50XgJiaMu8NzIfgIKHkPh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"frst of all首先","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnEmu4pu0u3J7JxoVPtdzgdf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"at first当初","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnrtiVST8ICM0IHlsldPtSib"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"from first to last从头到尾","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnM6R6Asbxv5FaYt4CAPagwh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"on second thoughts再三思考","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcndX8mtXgkZI2ee63TaOpx9d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"second to none名列前茅","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnR1IIFsDaBmw7yPpCoq3ccf"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"形容词（adj.）","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnebm8nfkllzjMjXkoFXGVNK"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"遇到一个生词的时候要先查字典，看看这个词有几个词性，每一词性下对应的意思是什么；其次，查找这个单词衍生出的其它词性的单词，例如：credit（信誉）是名词，加上词缀-ible之后变为credible（可信的；可靠地)，作形容词和副词。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnyMqyHOtXSEadbbOs7hb3Ac"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"英语形容词可以根据词尾来识别。常见的形容词结尾如下:","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn0nh7wQ05TVDsox28qM19Dc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"●","id":""},{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"-able/-ible:","id":""},{"type":"text","text":" credible, achievable, gullible, capable, illegible, sensible, remarkable, horrible","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnpHo2orVvzX8MZ8n7Mh2yEh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"●","id":""},{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"-al:","id":""},{"type":"text","text":" annual, functional, individual, logical, essential","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnspwpQ9oPCLzynHHexaKlkT"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"●","id":""},{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"-ful:","id":""},{"type":"text","text":" awful, cheerful, doubtful, faithful, forceful","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnaxzjCIiMWym1Qp5x17pobg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"●","id":""},{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"-ic:","id":""},{"type":"text","text":" terrific, cubic, manic, rustic","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnyLv6TOhxiY5GzmxzytVGIg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"●","id":""},{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"-ive:","id":""},{"type":"text","text":" intensive, adaptive, attractive, dismissive, inventive, persuasive","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnZ6qXOIEBfUPOy3k5ymrDaf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"●-less: ","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"doubtless, endless, fearless, helpless, homeless, breathless, car, groundless, restless","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnZnhqTT6irXSy1Qc36p2mEg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"●","id":""},{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"-ous:","id":""},{"type":"text","text":" adventurous, famous, generous, courageous, dangerous, tremen, fabulous.","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn6A5f4GIZ1f9bV95fRjzOob"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"副词（adv.）","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnY4K7kYFLB50w4U46uanZRh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"说到副词对于初学者来说还有一个大块儿头是一定要记忆的，就是副词的十三种分类。记住这个的话，副词的主要脉络就抓住了。比如：副词表示方式、程度、时间什么的。但是，这里只说第一种，因为入门就是从简单的开始说，副词记住就是作状语，来修饰动词的。就这么简单。在句子中的位置放哪里都行。下图是作者整理的总结性归纳。图一和图二进行衔接观看。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnjsOeDiLcaY5OTNNsUcrTRd"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":428,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"副词（adv.）","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/fb96301675234ac48478f5ba034ab6f7","width":637},"text":"","id":"doxcnctrOmPeJgC8S8Gb66TaJt6"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"图一","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnxBSvGMnH5nuJHgL1H7y7Yg"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":412,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"副词（adv.）","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/95b36c589bf1477d98dbce931beeb6d3","width":635},"text":"","id":"doxcn1modnqtebcTjCaqTOR68k9"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"图二","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnqDcDQ5LWl79VebIF4K4JFh"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"冠词（art.）","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcniUVR0tZOrjRqQK1h0Ou6ld"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"不定冠词","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnFYjjhDrCwcWOA7ETG9bVUc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"a,an是不定冠词，只用在单数可数名词前面，表示“一”的意思。a用在以辅音开头的词前面；an用在以元音开头的词之前，如：a day;a boy;an apple等。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn1ubgb6aXZ7Bc9eS0kPT46g"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"定冠词","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnfi2HNoomvn17DTcIYkgc09"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"the是定冠词，表示“这”“那”“这些”“哪些”的意思。可以用在单数、复数可数名词或不可数名词之前。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnBparDtLKVxYcR9GvviFz1b"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"冠词的基本用法","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnby0Uyt6vA5a0OgGZO8R9TR"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"(1)单数可数名前可用定冠词或不定冠词。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnen9rEqIh5wr1DyXJLM4pDf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"I have a cute dog.我有一只可爱的小狗。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnxn2fdC3csmbbzZUxdQySWg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"(2)复数形式可数名词前可用定冠词或不定冠词。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnS8UdMEZhM36UlFVYuuz88U"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"(The ) cars are important in the westem counties.汽汽在西国家非常要。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnejQxE0ObCzRl49Zw8Mkq5w"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"(3)不可数名词前可用定冠词或不定冠词。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn9HwLBBNXyxnXz18KPYNKOb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"Oil is lighter than water.油比水轻。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcndCOSG1zaN1RTJM6zXwhPwB"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"(4)专有名词前一般不用冠词。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnbLyKedELK0ZQHetc2qvLlc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"Beijing is the capital of China.北京中国的首都。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnFKHIGNrOdtq7ZDOOrDeAeb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"不定冠词a，an一般有any或one的意思，但不强调数目概念，只用来泛指事物，说明其名称或种类","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnkHNa28SDN6Cph6cAtbwEgb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"(1)当第一次提到某人或某物时，用a或an起介绍作用。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnLNrD9qIvnZA7AVlFmEggNf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"She is a teacher.她是一位老师。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnxqtPLYChGJVOX2ex4UZCuc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"(2)表示泛指某一类人或物。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnefWis0FFsWLkWr0cf3eXdd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"A snake is a cold-blood animal.蛇是一种冷血动物。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnKbikLl4nEr4mXUtXbgJ9pb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"(3)表示某一类人或事物的任何一 个。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnqPkrN3VdxO5OIzF8rzxFlA"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"This is a cat.这是一只猫。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnhxJFy1p8IOJnESgClWa6Tb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"(4)用于抽象名词之前，使抽象名词具体化。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnNgkY45Ul9TbMWHxbLBcABe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"It is a pity that you are late.很遗憾你迟到了。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnj7fYGtJ9xwbzhcBUwlSCng"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"The ltte child is a joy to his parents.这个孩子给他的父母带来了很多欢乐。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn5aN09PLUQc5I3Tz5iYpoNb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"(5)用于物质名词之前，使物质名词普通化。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn30GLVplhVUCKSRSOkMMo1d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"They made a fire to get warm.他们生火取暖。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnIcYtcymoKKzcucKclvGEMg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"注意:","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn19vNhHNag5VnNodx3zNxT5"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":" (1) 当不定冠词所修饰的那个名词的第一个音(不是字母，而是读音)为元音时，不定冠词要用an，而以辅音开头时用a.","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnBvYWKfziOFfvG1ad9fVFcd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"(2)在使用不定冠词时，要特别注意缩略词。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn58yFtBw66IIwDaZ3C95LEe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"an unidentified flying object一个不明飞行物。缩略词: a UFO.","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnrhZ71AK9Q8SoQYndoiZFyb"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"连词（conj.）","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn5ltxUFxOFfSAoDke4vyajc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"连词可以分成两类，一类是表示并列关系的连词。比如and, but, either…or, neither…nor等；一类是从属连词，用于引出从句，比如主语从句，宾语从句，状语从句等，比如that, if, when, so, for等。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnpK9ncNqDTc9CaVilhT3Jhc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"并列连词又可以分成三类，一类是表示选择的并列关系的， 主要有or表示或者，否则，either...or不是...就是...，neither...nor....也不....例句如下:","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnuuNgYATQKgT9yCvRo46zse"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"What is your favoite，singing or dancing?什么是你的最爱?唱歌还是跳舞?","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnGjvj48VBiz9KDIkm6e33uh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"I like neither singing nor dancing.我既不喜欢唱歌也不喜欢跳舞.","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnetCcs49rR98ehs8SWALA2f"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"Either you or he tells her the truth. 要么你告诉她真相，要么他告诉她真相。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcngQNBhmwSU5nlrLkPMvj4gf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"另一类是表示转折关系的并列连词， 主要有but但是，while而等。 例句如下:","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnldk9C8HN6cpjGWIuZIsL0c"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"I like singing but dancing. 我喜欢唱歌但不喜欢跳舞。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnvLchdOUrD1rqyz0tzoi6lg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"I like singing, while my sister likes dancing. 我喜欢唱歌，而我姐姐喜欢跳舞。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnPqYrMeKe1pLgKwzwE0u9Df"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"还有就是表示并列关系的并列连词，比如and，bot...and，以及as...等。例句如下：","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn81q42VaPhwB34mKZkhHYVb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"Don't waste food and time.不要浪费食物和时间。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnfktjQAKXprUub3d0Kfd7Df"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"This box is three times as big as that one.这个箱子比那个大三倍。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcncU8nJZJpElc8hXZcCtLaNd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"从属连词主要根据状语的类型来分类。引导时间状语从句的从属连词类型比较多，包括表示“当…时”的when，while，as或whenever；表示“在…之前或之后”的befroe和after；表示“自从或直到”的since，till和untile；表示“一…就…”的as soon as等。","id":""},{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"例句如下：","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnxBAFUHs2OEIpYxk12TqBLc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"I was singing when she danced.当她在跳舞时，我在唱歌。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnLAREmDqwVTcVyeMfekp8Dd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"I sang when she was dancing.我唱歌时她正在跳舞。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn9nZGHg3qjRbxcpbCeQk7Dd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"She danced as soon as I sang.我一唱歌，她就跳舞。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn7R7I1pQxMhebtZ70zwTbVe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"引导原因状语从句的从属连词主要有：because，for，as，since等。例句如下：","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn4ALH2rXBhCbfLxyRJ2q9oc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"I study s go to the best school.因为我想上最好的学校，所以我才这么努力","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnZZudbpp1b7AOJtX4HLDrvd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"引导目的状语从句的从属连词主要有：in order that，so that，in case等。例句如下：","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnNtRaJ4Vv5uKKBM85ZS8Hid"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"I study so hard in order that I can go to the best school.我如此努力是为了能上最好的学校。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnZ2XyPb2NfO9wmu1WwtTgVq"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"引导结果状语从句的从属连词主要有：so that，so...that，such..that等。例句如下：","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnz0RL2HuHfBmXZpbd29YVFb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"I studied so hard that I went to the best school.我学习那么努力，所以我上了最好的学校。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnzFkfvrRcyWRslP4YNaR2wb"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"感叹词（int.）","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcniNo5Lt2yplNLe2agTxtUyd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"英语感叹词有：indeed、Ah、what、dear、well、now、there、man、boy。下图是我整理的一个总结性笔记。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnDvFxM9TJTIietGQn6RItMd"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":603,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"感叹词（int.）","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/83ae9a1d84284fc687acae7ca3b68c7d","width":914},"text":"","id":"doxcn2mfJ14h5MQ1872rJaYD7ge"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"学习计划","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcncOir01JItbm8zkBMQIFrMe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"在我们熟悉了解音标和单词之后我们就可以为自己制定学习计划了。以下是我总结出的学习计划，方法不一定适应每个人，但是希望会对大家有一个帮助。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnO6SyAUawTd0bOXmIEyq7Th"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1.我们可以将5500个常见词汇分为30-50个Unit，每天背诵一个Unit（100-200个单词），一个月就可以完成一轮背诵，然后第二、三个月进行第二轮、三轮巩固复习。当然，每天早上背完一个新的Unit之后，我们需要在第30分钟、晚上、第2天、第4天、第7天、第15天及第30天、对每个单元进行及时重复复习。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnXZrxfyR3uLIJucYleZmfug"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2.【具体方法】：早上：拿一张白纸挡住中文意思，只看英文单词开始背诵，勾出不认识的单词。背完一个Unit之后，立刻把勾出的单词再背一遍（依旧遮住中文意思），","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"如果还是有某个单词不认识","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"，就再打勾背诵；30分钟后：把勾出来的单词重新自测一遍；晚上：睡前把打了2次及以上勾的单词重新自测一遍。以此类推，反复记忆。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnW6zJRsNTiqwrslqkdVHGgf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3.【注意要点】：一定要严格按照表格重复，不要偷懒！不要偷懒！不要偷懒！如果偷懒一次，漏下一两个单元，今天耽误了，那明天想补救就会很难。比如，你3月20号背诵了Unit 12，你不仅要在30分钟后和晚上睡觉之前复习两遍Unit 10，你还需要在背完Unit 12后同步复习之前背过的Unit 9、Unit 8、Unit 6、Unit 3。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnBOKtBWoGR6lvFb2PoVOtkG"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":623,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"学习计划","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/932ea040dbdd4751ac4bc6f9ae5ab66b","width":948},"text":"","id":"doxcnOFskaqaB9SjBk45NQep5oc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"作者在这边也分享一下自己学习单词的视频链接：","id":""},{"type":"external_link","attrs":{"url":"https://v.qq.com/x/page/u33089etcsv.html"},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"https://v.qq.com/x/page/u33089etcsv.html","id":""}],"text":"","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"，该视频里可以帮大家有效的学习到单词的读音，同时在视频中也教给大家如何利用学到的音标来进行拼读单词。如果有兴趣学习的小伙伴们可以跟着视频进行单词的学习。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnTCkkzyQZTOBUXECbvYv2Wf"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"APP推荐","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnK09UosVIi2YiwQHFV86yCd"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"百词斩","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnjHXslIAexQp0yTProWlEBg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"全民用的最多最火的背单词神器，下载量高达3亿，评分超级高。关键是适合不同年龄层次的人，可根据自己的身份选择不同的单词文本，有小学、初中、高中、大学、四六级、专业六级、八级，适合零基础的成年人从头开始学习。还有不同的背单词场景，根据不同的图片背诵单词，记忆效果很好，对零基础的成年人很友好。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn0CtsMkPF3eTYq1eeCCgiUe"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":472,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"百词斩","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/fbfef7748a924c678b23b91155cd175d","width":705},"text":"","id":"doxcnerUpvZmVMFL415XQ3QSH6b"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"沪江开心词场","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnfmEVymN9J6brAtEO8nWtrb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"趣味性极强的背单词神器，成功解决了背单词枯燥无味的问题。这个APP最大的特点就是，在闯关的过程中，顺便把单词背诵了，轻松有趣，很适合成年人在上下班地铁上背诵。闯关的过程，也是检验你是否掌握单词的过程，不记住，闯不了关，让你干着急，激发你的闯关欲望。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnYBcUZCaoSITDt6e3u8sKzf"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":413,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"沪江开心词场","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/2144d956c812406e9adfa86e4cadc5e1","width":619},"text":"","id":"doxcnEIIrzeOWtYG6s4bZMYXaWv"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"扇贝单词","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnrBHwj7AdcE2gFJvFpXxaGi"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"不仅可以背单词，还可以做笔记。和其他APP不一样，这个软件背诵单词的速度飞快，不过还会有第二轮的检验，反复巩固，加强背诵效果。背诵之前，还会问你认不认识这个单词，如果不认识，出现的频率会更高。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnlePYP6B3qvZFrr1gHL6yKN"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":525,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"扇贝单词","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/69721704242f4e83a45f841440324b26","width":785},"text":"","id":"doxcnpaLd0wRL7VZ23gphHs0wph"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"语法","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnCxFyqXKxXgSk6M6CkwLYEd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"我们认识了单词之后，就可以来了解每个单词组成句子的语法问题。其实任何一门学科都是由浅入深的，英语也不例外。学习语法就像造房子，首先要把基础的语法脉络理清，打好根基，之后再慢慢补充和拓展，让知识巩固起来。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnPOeGocuMzPCdkNQBdmHxjg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"英语语法最基础的就是简单句的组成，之后我们才会慢慢了解到并列句、复合句以及从句，以下是我总结出的语法内容，我们一起来看看吧！","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn27kKkfooGNBXIP4Zxx3Z8b"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"简单句语法","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnaJy8VEpjdj6hlFLRREf2Dg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"所有的句子都是通过简单句而组合的，只不过句子的结构拓宽了一点， 词汇丰富了一点，从而演变为其他的长句。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnG1g4SMQNGSLQaJhbNS2u4g"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"1.主谓","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnmSsdyyIbBacwGufN9q1Ljy"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"主谓就是主语 + 谓语的组合，比如：Spring comes 。这句话中主语是spring ，谓语是 comes 。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnVkN3z1OEZX66FHA74jLG2g"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"主语就是引领句子的开头部分，是一个句子的主体，英文是 subject ，我们用字母 S 代替。谓语可以理解为动词，英文是 verb，我们用字母 v 代替。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnvO6pufvGXZAnG9B5mCS8ub"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"2.主谓宾","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnmYsoQlFh2Vg4paDNGw6bcb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"根据字面的意思就是主语 + 谓语 + 宾语组合而成的句子，比如 ： I love you .","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnbtx9eCItlnoOZQkq3k1Fhh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"这句话中主语是 i ，谓语是 love ，宾语就是在谓语后面的词，这里是 you。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnkROuofxsCDFtOur8IpHyDf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"宾语的英文是 object，这里用字母 o 代替。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcniN76YN2qs3OiVRGSv0p6vc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"3.主谓宾宾","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnThUEgQqMU70kOj1b4CSQYc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"主语 + 谓语 + 宾语+ 宾语的句子。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnLPqIHpvrh27HH092gOT4oh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"这里的两个宾语都是谓语动词所产生作用的。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnTeMZtDsE6ttx0Xrrd5vKaf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"比如 ：I give you money .","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn2pcOY1lf9ggGINF9T1O4Jl"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"这里的 you 和 money 都是 give 的宾语，give you 和 give money ，所以都是两个宾语。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnAdsX6Hwd12M5h5tvdR7Xec"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"4.主谓宾宾补","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnrTqqGQ2wNHk6kvbuvuXYze"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"主语 + 谓语 + 宾语+ 宾补的句子。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnvVbyOMLWBe5OLURd0FZCkg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"比如 ：It makes me happy .","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnpuev3tXTY45i7tAMXH8mgb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"这里的 me 是 make 的宾语，但是 happy 不是 make 的宾语。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnj1jiujWYbkApSgX8njYdne"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"happy 是 me 的形容词，是一个宾补，全称为宾语补足语，起到了补充说明的作用。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnOtZhb7oXorBivpETAwnHZe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"注意 ：区分主谓宾宾和主谓宾宾补","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnsaXCewUaMSIFiUFYjKxYmf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"主谓宾宾中的两个宾语都是谓语所产生的作用词，而主谓宾宾补中宾补是宾语的形容词，与谓语没有任何关系。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnAmzqMJ5W3shDYYdTBCzT9c"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"5.主系表","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn9Os59ogFDKLfyxMiGdkhQf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"这里的系代表系动词。包含三个类别","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcntkh1Czp5EzORdX1aL4b58g"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"A be 动词 ： am is are was were","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnGjzv2rQWkZcH2gtgJiRAlf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"B 感官动词 （五官）","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnuGzjUgHpHLyfq1Y8Whafjh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"look 看起来","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnRQ6Kn3egjiLYtvBYfllzoh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"sound 听起来","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnAp44KkbWgO0whufxhMPhZe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"smell 闻起来","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnKQNBIRWNxwkBYHmzhHUIbc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"taste 尝起来","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnSpGrlCfNd7fu5MjVZnGDwf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"feel 摸着....感觉......","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnDSnsqUOkpiOZRvKB717V6g"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"C 变化动词","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnDnZOPCHrsiUvjgYYDQz36b"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"become / turn / go / get / grow","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnxcK22Lfg7dOiKvh6iVIR4d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"这里的表是代表表语，包括名词、形容词、介宾短语、不定式todo","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnM0Qsi6sVQ1lQdVpdB4W43d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"比如 you are beautiful 这句话中，you 是主语，are 是系动词，beautiful 是表语。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnlu1gGIOyBcyiYk7G6zBcGh"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"并列句语法","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn6K5WyFO9t3xyXzGmJumjCX"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"简单句通过不同的连接词就成为了不同的句子，通过并列词成了并列句，通过从属连词成了复合句。下面我们就一一讲解 ：","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn8bhZbi9IlyJd7r551DbNtc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"并列句：简单句+并列词+简单句","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnJjw6p4uviFj384dseJb2Mb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"并列词一般有：and/or/but/so/while/yet/for/however，","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn0xGsWUZkMHCckTkzzaOyxg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1.表示并列：","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn27j7rX5678xpGTJ0XuhVHb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"and，not only...but also...，neither...nor...","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnA7kLDR0jeB84Ofv04m7F8c"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"Her father is a doctor and her mother is a teacher .","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnxwbAhygM7A7FhOcX5wo6Zc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2.表示选择：","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn6vbMtVlXLoc4s4eIC4Woew"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"or，or else，otherwise，either...or...","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcntPQounOFqkqGWKjY3fEsrb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"Hurry or you won't make the train.","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn4zMWhhDgyStp6fn5cfqCpb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3.表示对比、转折：","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn7ovsvA1tEQCm4N4RYJQcAC"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"but，whileyet，however，never，","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnCATnSoOHXbbwBTVBJAlE0c"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"I like tea while she likes coffee.","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnX43vgUOKbiPPtlXexw5Owe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"4.表示原因：for","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnyRCBm4cLabeGoN6z2KpT7b"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"I am thirsty , for it is hot .","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnmnvydZUKe0g0rCgnLRIxnb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"复合句：简单句+从属连词+简单句","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnZBqbcKAkuwKo4V3rdXDk1d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"从属连词有：that /wether/if。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcntFHd9a34MVmPvDKAMqvSFe"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"从句语法","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnJZqqCmGi3IQMLrakiBPIHc"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"名词性从句","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnLDUabdoQXotYo468TrAglf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"当名词性从句作为句子的不同成分时，又被称呼为不同的名字。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcndZm4Fot0gwpFTFEQXAQNNb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"当作为主语时，称为主语从句。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnRqtpDhC0iURGHaJkYhaIqh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"当称为宾语时，称为宾语从句，同样表语从句以及同位语从句。以下我们来举个栗子 ：","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn8rE1CL4XhBkcFSAn56SOnb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"主语从句 What she said is wrong .","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnu09Y7LyO4xluUx9FRZo86W"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"宾语从句 I said that she was wrong.","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn3CnOkb1yIB3pvDNkpA8v1c"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"表语从句 The fact is that he doesn’t really try.","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnzc6fLFEeQjjreChZzbVCbe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"同位语从句 The news that he will come back is ture.","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnMkCHCX4gJvts46v5fbPDbg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"记住一点，不管什么从句，你把它当成一个”长一点的名词”。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnx6EcNa7gJXReAqxIDkUpth"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"那如果这个长名词在句子中作主语，就是主语从句，作宾语就是宾语从句。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnfoHRJCXnkKJ6KoWRA6963S"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"同位语从句就是相当于一个长点的名词对另外一个抽象名词进行解释说明。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnZGgiKPR3Hd49uDpmQAT2qi"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"定语从句","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnlLd9Lf8BZFw89envDMpwNe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"修饰限定名词，汉语中“的”前面的内容。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnk11n8EwFH0hxVcCfIoEhef"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"关系代词引导的定语从句","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnGb18qxj1ZSpaHaTraL2Xfc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1.who指人，在从句中做主语 Yesterday I helped an old man who lost his way.","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn19AF8EqfjswU1uQ8fYqjpe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2. whom指人，在定语从句中充当宾语，常可省略。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn2isjftuM4vRySpCopRsxEe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"Mr. Ling is just the boy whom I want to see","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnISuz5ChabNzCWx7W1RWh7c"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3. which指物，在定语从句中做主语或者宾语，做宾语时可省略","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnyUxL7PkeYA5GpLALH2bQ5c"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"This is the pen (which) he bought yesterday.","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnFzUyHQf7gLI6JaNt6092lO"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"4. that指人时，相当于who 或者whom；指物时，相当于which。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnmzr9vw3cdap0CSf5tPTXIb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"5. whose通常指人，也可指物，在定语从句中做定语。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnoY8cakONmsdHcBCWAjZZRc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"指的是谁的。Do you like the book whose cover is yellow?","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnlnHzXxRxNy1P6xsKAyt8Xd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"关系副词引导的定语从句","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnTyuo7WXgIOPuSRs5t31kNe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"when where why","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnmOMggk4tuYr2Spl8l4HNsf"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"状语从句","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnetlithDV41CEd5qrnBOnSh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"修饰动作的发生的时间、地点、原因、方式。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcna99jgP4VRqKUDFCh1c0Vqf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1.时间状语从句","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnK557GoXuRB0DepI9eUEKVg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"常用引导词：when, as, while, as soon as, before, after, since , till, until","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnY9A3WRHvEoZyRH4mgBxWBd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"特殊引导词：the minute, the moment, the second, every time, the day，the instant,","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnO9mpSScZPXVqMdMxTV5cig"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"I was fat when I was a child.","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnUvKv5TzXCc7qPGjfkmXre6"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2.地点状语从句","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnhrRk2C9ELJZJVRBRFS217b"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"常用引导词：where","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnDPoCjDYcuHEdKpc5uTxNTb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"特殊引导词：wherever, anywhere, everywhere","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnyse40io4DSVHmpndgooDRk"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"Keep it where you can see it.","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnBE3v8P8OvbFztN2CEJHyPc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3.原因状语从句","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnKgw4c1MB3hciTwGsIHjD1b"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"常用引导词：because, since, as, for","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnpEIyogb586tuihCV0oW2jc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"特殊引导词：seeing that, now that, in that, considering that, given that.","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnGxscoAEJ5Hdr7z3X43MDxg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"My friends dislike me because I’m beautiful .","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnnTL2ta9nONJbiLE9UwMlwf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"4.目的状语从句","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnSC7TsYeNceQ8DSYpw8Hy1c"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"常用引导词：so that, in order that","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnDJovz1SBH3hMLfu5A1gbX5"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"特殊引导词：lest, in case, for fear that，in the hope that, for the purpose that, to the end that","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnugOpDvFF16uZHkeI3takyc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"study hard so that you can pass the exam.","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnX7o1MZIjrqwbKzgKqWMeMh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"5.结果状语从句","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn6JgIgQ5oAdYmVRBnISWiLe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"常用引导词：so … that, so… that, such … that,","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcncA6YkRxHow0L2KdBaFJeie"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"特殊引导词：such that, to the degree that, to the extent that, to such a degree that,","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnl56POCYiYeSN1q2fAHcBHd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"He got up so early that he caught the first bus.","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnFD9lnwoLuipHftNbM8tYjd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"6.条件状语从句","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnNDWXvBCRyhkXuXxvbeG0hb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"常用引导词：if, unless,","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnkzKtd2JK04n2D60buHq7lg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"特殊引导词：as/so long as, only if, providing/provided that, supposing that, in case that, on condition that","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnutMRwJ7rM6y457Wge0i2cd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"If you ask him, he will help you.","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcngjxiUiCjgdn5evgZ8yW83c"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"7.方式状语从句","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn7IZWCwsvJeUciduGkyKwQf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"常用引导词：as, as if, how","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnUbZEvewwKGKsbxCq3G0PMc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"特殊引导词：the way","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnsILfEq5J7eJEWbkDTYFoAg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"Think as i think","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnqMqw1ImirgHb4SEhVuDbre"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"8.比较状语从句","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnfFrkpc1lo30QWxGEV4g4lh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"常用引导词：as(同级比较), than(不同程度的比较)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnRZZkeyqPct5gPPL7Sdpd0b"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"特殊引导词：the more … the more … ; just as …， so…; A is to B what /as X is to Y; no … more than; not A so much as B","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnpqloCbQ0lWphQhi7W3WGUc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"The house is three times as big as ours.","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnP43ykkHwBZZf28Z4XjsPxd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"9.让步状语从句","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnXexLVWzZYULCNnnhpaC0lE"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"常用引导词：though, although, even if, even though","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcniGeI6QqkEmcEB87bc7QDZb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"特殊引导词： as(用在让步状语从句中必须要倒装)，while ( 一般用在句首 )，no matter …， in spite of the fact that, while, whatever, whoever, wherever, whenever, however, whichever","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcndam24WmxWEl6DGz8itqsJh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"Though I believe it，yet I must consider.","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnQcBctl7G18X76WRBw0X8zf"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"时态、语态问题","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn2ALi5xvrnpCECATJSYi8Aa"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"时态的本质是：时+态。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnL0RzBG8YNjomvF4EJnMoEe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"所以学习时态，一定要把时和态分开来看待。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnUwbsFqf514uQDXAiB5xr4d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"I am a teacher.","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnjOHxFwdf9610xLo0S60HCe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"这句话，时间是“现在时”，状态是“一般态”","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn6yMyrRRViyI6FfWaktCU4e"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"英语里有4种时间：","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcni0dp910IoQD9QmFJOdiTTc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"过去，现在，将来，过去将来","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcntjdIrt1MCv88xMT18trxIf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"英语里有4种状态：","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn2p5k90Evt9vdcUYpzv3bDg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"一般态：非完成，非进行","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnnyPmiDBiluGbbx0fQvIp4e"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"进行态：动作的延续","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcniK7Iyckr6AJ5NBxfqhXN2d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"完成态：在截止时间时，完成了的事情","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn0Oo93t06MB5iqyom10fpdc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"完成进行态(几乎不用)：过去是，到截止时间是，将来还是的事情(强调截止时间)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnyJHMdd3b1btfA2I4bBvfXe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"如下图，两个是我整理的笔记内容。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnJUPWwnm2bwJkrv0Z3F3nab"},{"type":"imageList","children":[{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":424,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"时态、语态问题","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/2dc0dab104834b4bb1f7d53a2f7a46c1","width":655},"text":"","id":"doxcnacTHReq9vY7EdPLRySxNuR"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":468,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"时态、语态问题","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/c756989bbd1044669a5be67dcca136ab","width":732},"text":"","id":"doxcnjvcu0bJIHneLs2da29o5sf"}],"text":"","id":"doxcnwgE16aKvniXgn02YKIuAgg"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"学习计划","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnwgE16aKvniXgn02YKIuAgg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1.从阅读时理解语法，再用语法书夯实理解而成的专业知识。举一个典型的例子。","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"冠词the看似简单","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"，实际上用法难懂变化多端。一本详细的语法书通常会记录数十条应用the的规则，及其不计其数的不可抗力事件，并且除外中依然存在除外。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn13CYDTYmGFMYhO4Z0G0K6e"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2.学精语法，英语语感比规则关键。培养阅读英文的好习惯。仍以the为例。每一次读书的时候难免会遇到the字数十次，而每次都是看到不同情况，不同类型的句型。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnO7utA8kzs7fho4Rnuqhshx"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3.读书时碰到疑惑，前去阅览语法书。这时候，语法书里的复杂规则就恰好派上用场了。由于你明白自己要请，都知道这种语法规则用于具体的语句。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnCuAo8ooj0JDnIeeXJC9rqd"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":600,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"学习计划","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/d20390155029456ba85d3be1b02f7dcb","width":900},"text":"","id":"doxcnIxTn5tMBhHbk6etfGhoFQb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnWRAe34frk1DPhorGHasOYe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"以下几个图片是我在网上进行搜索归纳的总结性笔记，一列为一种总结内容，图一至图四为整体内容，图二衔接图一结尾，图三衔接图二结尾，图四衔接图三结尾。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnHM7jS22SIvOiOR7gesRIJb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"图一","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnCYGhPQ8DSRSQ7k8bVkAmbb"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":1156,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"学习计划","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/9695cee9acd141eeb4f9542e91566552","width":1623},"text":"","id":"doxcnhOznOxYYndRfHlBebxV8If"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"图二","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnzrImd5S33fFzYkuLMB1Thc"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":1106,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"学习计划","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/b4e7741267af4905a893bab3415491a3","width":1625},"text":"","id":"doxcnBVLTykjbKK4Ic2SInpWwvq"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"图三","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnjChnYpwrYqwW8VTRNwVhys"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":1138,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"学习计划","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/9e2e930112d64db68cb988a6985bfe6f","width":1623},"text":"","id":"doxcnZ4IPuwd5kjKsPoKgyWNVqf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"图四","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnMAzKKhpUpFSmKdoFngg9uj"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":909,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"学习计划","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/beb01fb9ec8049cd924ed826b6db69d5","width":1624},"text":"","id":"doxcnC8K6ks6ssQhrZE1BIokaSd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"给大家讲了这么多书面上的语法问题，作者在这里给学习英语的小伙伴们介绍一下我在学习英语时候借鉴的视频。视频中老师充分讲解了初步学习英语适用的语法问题，在讲解的同时还为大家用例句进行了说明。视频链接如下：","id":""},{"type":"external_link","attrs":{"url":"https://www.bilibili.com/video/av934142897/?vd_source=5d64dd8ffce01670b3c7c8c70257178b"},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"https://www.bilibili.com/video/av934142897/?vd_source=5d64dd8ffce01670b3c7c8c70257178b","id":""}],"text":"","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"）","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnCMgGOx32f12plxMYnR8Sdn"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"推荐书籍","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnttxR0Tfpm1yJbn7S4UNEPc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"《英语魔法师之语法俱乐部》","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnVgJWo7kmf56Z05lOQ9Y1gb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"本书内容非常简单，可以帮助语法薄弱的学习者慢慢理解语法。它分为三个部分：初级句型、中级句型和高级句型。初级句型共讲解了五种基本句型；中级句型有四种，即形容词从句、名词从句、状语从句和倒装句。另外这本书的冠词、不定式和动名词的语法相比其他语法书的讲解更透彻。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnOIgcKtZmYbC4WxA1uvXhTc"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":637,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"推荐书籍","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/a455616550e34d90afd72c7fb6375029","width":960},"text":"","id":"doxcnHlZtGWMWCnWcSJaS7G4qkd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"《English Grammar in Use》","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnTFM7ROjBTxghbsJPkGrCbd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"本书的语法范例，主要是以情景为例，将抽象的语法概念更具体化、也易于理解。书中材料均来自英语母语国家，表达地道，让学习者可以学以致用，让学习的效率更好。全书图文并茂，内容生动，对语法知识点进行分类对比，可以让学习者快速梳理思路，学习起来事半功倍。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnZIILWbHHkQuGmi4aBZ9Ufe"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":526,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"推荐书籍","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/b2c42c5de9ce4434ae8f984e64a7088a","width":789},"text":"","id":"doxcnT1MSFjFggedQUbMWRQ1dDc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"《柯林斯英语语法》","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnKGu8LJqVqDUPil6fnZxXxh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"《柯林斯英语语法》的体例和所有的英语语法书都不一样，不是按照句型排列的，而是按照表达法和表达功能排列的，而内容也侧重于灵活实用的功能语法讲解，强调语法和词汇的结合。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnzaz1Rtt5HB4TM8DwO808je"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":686,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"推荐书籍","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/30982e4142d548c4968007b96f2e4ace","width":1027},"text":"","id":"doxcnqES1yHBd0cMdKAa5i1hBWc"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"句子","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnn0nGWZYIAYYa18gNM31Wff"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"通过了单词和语法的认识，持之以恒记忆对话、课文中的佳句是丰富我们语言，积累句式的好方法。而能对熟悉的句子进行变通也是学习英语的重要技巧之一。现在虽然考试不考句型转换，但是句型转换可以加深我们的记忆和知识的拓展。","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"（想详细了解英语造句内容的可以在该视频链接中跟着老师一块学习和认识英语基础","id":""},{"type":"external_link","attrs":{"url":"https://www.bilibili.com/video/av763971245/?vd_source=5d64dd8ffce01670b3c7c8c70257178b"},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"https://www.bilibili.com/video/av763971245/?vd_source=5d64dd8ffce01670b3c7c8c70257178b","id":""}],"text":"","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"）","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnXMDWrzox2UdAqyFCO3eNgd"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"句子成分","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnM73tNQ9AXsi2zaT4N8OvAg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"句子的组成部分，包括主语、谓语、宾语、定语、状语、表语、补语、同位语和独立成分9种，其中，主语和谓语是主要成分有，表语、宾语、定语、状语、补足语、同位语和独立成分是次要成分。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnkhxsoXgRJo4rro7rLtpDjc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"一、主语","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnY5BM1z3Yjy6Ujzvc0hYCnc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"主语是句子叙述的主体，可由名词、代词、数词、名词化的形容词、不定式、动名词和主语从句等来承担。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnS0s7KZQb6YMEZ1DaX3uaWg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"The sun rises in the east. (名词)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcny6JIEUIEvJh9eyVh8mR8ah"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"He likes dancing. (代词)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnLoN8qoA6jOuwdEIgwexjmc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"二、谓语","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcncIHCil4IIPTW55ckct5QDc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"谓语说明主语所发出的动作或具有的特征和状态。谓语由动词来承担。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnrQS8YKWUYuTCNnIjiobeMe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"We often speak English in class.","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn3HaNT5GpxU81Uv8iAVBKgg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"三、宾语","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn2cRy3khvk0MCLzFM23VXXf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"宾语是动作的对象或承受者，常位于及物动词或介词后面。宾语可由名词、代词、数词、名词化的形容词、不定式、动名词、宾语从句等来担任。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn3VHOgsEAtOXmk2KX4Fwcbb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"除少数句子（如祈使句和感叹句等）外，一句话必须同时具有主语和谓语所表达的意思才能完整。主语是针对谓语而言的，是一句话的主题，谓语用来说明主语的情况，为主语提供信息。例如：They are working.主语是they(他们)，那么他们在做什么呢？看来没有谓语are working 是不行的。在正常情况下，英语的主语和谓语的位置与汉语一致，也就是说主语在前，谓语紧跟其后。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnmzCGQVlui4dthWYjWX9XYd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"He pretended not to see me. (不定式短语)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnFvgKUJPmOIylvs138Utvyh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"I enjoy listening to popular music. (动名词短语)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcniWGjGM3HER20HF4mawNmyh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"四、定语","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnugXIexeJ5aLiGIrYBJFAhd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"定语用于描述名词,代词,短语或从句的性质,特征范围等情况的词叫做定语,定语可以由名词,形容词和起名词和形容词作用的词,短语担任。如果定语是单个词,定语放在被修饰词的前面,如果是词组,定语放在被修饰词的后面。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnvYOixbx0BYHx66pGNn0sjd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"Guilin is a beautiful city. (形容词)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnYdvIN7Khzk0f3rVjkgcJEH"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"China is a developing country; America is a developed country. (分词)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnAaaWG7VikQJdMEg4IN4djd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"五、状语","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnYXLZriQiPslgZmDPhT8Zse"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"状语说明事情发生的时间,地点,原因,目的,结果方式,条件或伴随情况,程度等情况的词叫状语。状语一般由副词、介词短语、分词和分词短语、不定式或相当于副词的词或短语来担当。其位置一般放在句末，但也可放在句首或句中，修饰动词、形容词、副词等。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnev42QgmX28dduOgV46GdKc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"Light travels most quickly. (副词及副词性词组)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnIRCImB7FIwJ26I2qfFmHbg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"He has lived in the city for ten years. (介词短语)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnbijUYPOyzMS4BDHufAQAph"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"六、补语","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnpZly8E7GCl1mKApuWPZjyc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"补语的作用对象是主语和宾语,具有鲜明的定语性描写或限制性功能,在句法上是不可或缺的。补语是起补充说明作用的成份。最常见的是宾语补足语。名词、动名词、形容词、副词、不定式、现在分词、过去分词都可以在句子中作宾补。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnZdDpX7V2RszuRXLVpS6e2c"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"His father named him Dongming. (名词)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnRjdSvxsVQUbvsb8jzZdWfc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"They painted their boat white. (形容词)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnyKEQQuQc9YccxX5a5itOjf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"七、表语","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnANZ6TfZoCI37m2KoXON5yh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"表语是用来说明主语的性质,身份,特征和状态。表语须和系动词一起构成句子的复合谓语。表语一般放在系动词之后。表语可以由名词,形容词或起名词和形容词作用的词和短语担任。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnaHnDxNnj08Ff7UpCLb29og"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"常见的系动词有: be, sound(听起来), look(看起来), feel(摸起来), smell(闻起来), taste(尝、吃起来), remain(保持，仍是), feel(感觉)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnkYVDBK7YbzuMDpjzRRmeug"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"八、同位语","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnl039rxzRXbLkHRViJ6Lieh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"同位语当两个指同一事物的句子成分放在同等位置时，一个句子成分可被用来说明或解释另一个句子成分，前者就叫做后者的同位语.这两个句子成分多由名词（代词）担任，同位语通常皆放在其说明的名词（代词）之后。同位语和补语的区别在于：补语不能缺少，同位语可以缺少。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn4gmNyprrTgWRQHv5N04obc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"九、独立成分","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnQXXdZhlyzzPKr1t1GtP1Pd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"独立成分，是当一个词、短语或从句用在句子里面，与句子的其他成分只有意义上的联系而没有语法关系时，它就称为独立成分。常见的独立成份有呼吁、惊叹语、答语、插入语、介词短语、非谓语动词所构成的短语及形容词、副词所引起的词组等。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnoWr4o2ODMQotKBHk6wbq2d"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"陈述句","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnyq0bIM74F6EZYYWy6hh9Lf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"陈述句是陈述一个事实或者说话人的看法。它包括肯定句和否定句两种。陈述句在书写时句末用句号，而在朗读时则用降调。陈述句的核心是非常基础的。这个句子里有一个名词和一个动词。句子可以有其他成分，如形容词、副词和其他词。但是最简单的形式就是名词和动词。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnVp3pyjHZ1o89YsMOU2Rl1g"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"陈述句的基本句型：","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnMYXr3LzD0cFkj0FEkjmCkd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"(1)主语+连系动词+表语","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnX0gKKGtyQCL6opKZMCXr8f"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"(2)主语+谓语(不及物动词)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnfH6bkRz1iIZ2t9vIiRRksc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"(3)主语+谓语(及物动词) +宾语","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnlczsezkRhMsHzPd8Aoxw5f"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"(4)主语+谓语(及物动词) +间接宾语+直接宾语","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnO3dv72R3uS9wNNc4wWTfRg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"(5)主语+谓语(及物动词) V.+宾语+宾语补足语","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnt33KmVGc4GesAK1fzdyPoc"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"肯定句","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnlfQ75ODhofVvrUVDmON8Ke"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"The river flooded.河水泛滥了。(主谓 )","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnofCMsXnZ6ev4xSdNSFKB7e"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"He has a sense of humor.他有幽默感。(主谓滨)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn1JQPc3MfxW8gdDfMKB9o2b"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"He can teach you English.他可以教你英语。(主谓+双宾)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnW7HEZOK2x8ZiecRJsc57Ne"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"He painted the desk blue.他把书桌涂成了色。(主谓滨宾补)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnmNsaB5AOmqF0MeT3Gt1g4p"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"He is a doctor.他是一名医生。(主系表)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcneriwUiAI3OWrkNNs7Vko2f"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"否定句","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnBaGQt354sbBKzsNPqz8QPh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"The river did not/didn't flood. 河水没有泛滥。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnIkNL2yZvzT6tSMhAPi5e2W"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"He does not/doesn't have (has not 1 hasn't) a sense of humor.他没有幽默感。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnhjiSTi0GZyouew9DMRbqdb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"He can not/can't teach you English. 他不能教你英语。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnrYqJGDjdXDMokXmGMWV2Ke"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"He didn't paint the desk blue.他没有把书桌涂成蓝色。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnpLAdCk3F0udFVjhRORcgOe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"He is not/ He's not/ He isn't a doctor.他不是一 名医生。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnYFKGig5anbAJhpwdGUMTLg"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"疑问句","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnD0TdW6iWNi2rgvbWNuzH7e"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"一般疑问句","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnz3fWdWu6dYRJAs9BxHfadk"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"通常用来询问一件事情或一种情况是否属实，其回答通常是yes或no，因此这类问句又叫做“是非问句”。下面是句型。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnoMTLxBXUg63m3YB4BAH6Rc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"Is there something wrong with this machine?这台机器有问题吗?","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnYCf98jmmG9fLEdUvfZVlah"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"Have you got today's milk?你拿到今天的牛奶了吗? ","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnACDsS2X0n9rKX8aXhpTLhh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"Shall we go on?我们继续向前吗?","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnbqUsTz9bHHcli9fZLe0hCd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"Will he not agree with you?他不同意你吗?","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnmtQG7lHPJZoHr9K75hJLdD"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"Haven't you any sisters?你没有姐妹吗?","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnN2idvuqJtvtl2N96wP6y0g"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"Don't you like this movie?你不喜欢这部电影吗?","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnSf5mWamlbnO53a40lF6cff"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"特殊疑问句","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnDxYuR4fYrM7rJvKsRvjjgd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"特殊疑问句是对句中的某一部分提出疑问，通常以who、where、when、why等疑问词开头，因此又叫“wh-问句”。下面是句型。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcntFPlTuXGpUYJ7nfxRLkZGb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"Who are you?你是谁?","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn6lEONTnSd6DbEMe3y6m3WE"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"Whom are you going to play table tennis this afternoon?今天下午你和谁打乒乓球?","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcncRRlEvQuNPcIfJ4b9KTgtg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"Whose glasses are broken?谁的眼镜打碎了?","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnI5whj7J8WXAjeV78zhsEQc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"Which shoes do you like?你喜欢哪双鞋子?","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnnpmOZr3KXytK5usOnhuMEd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"What do they want to do?他们想要做什么?","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnvU1DTLJ2kVkIvLFK3XHXbe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"When does she want to practice?她想要什么时候练习?","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnrZc7rs7NKiryQIvDUgKrmd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"Where is the restroom?洗手间在哪里?","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnttbEBfqQfomY4G0xYgEINf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"Why did you leave?你为什么离开了 ?|","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn2mYEg4oMjgBf2EE0Zw21Tb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"How do you study English?你怎么学习英语?","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnhoVGbbUloIx3LKFX4PVNTg"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"选择疑问句","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnlpZWiDpowGm0csSHzFxQZg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"选择疑问句是对问题提出两个或两个以上的答案供对方选择的疑问方式。下面是句型。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn967odvYj0RR5keeNO5U9de"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"Shall we go by bus or by train?我们乘汽车还是乘秋车?，","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnr5r1RLK5BR9dYpFudVzS5c"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"Shall I give you a hand, or you can manage?要我帮你,还是你自己解决?","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnL0B5kOAnR8vaHJVjqa5pWe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"Which do you prefer, coffee or tea?你要哪一样, 咖啡还是茶?","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnGpSTLACZXguAekYDOYoWAj"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"Coffee or tea?咖啡还是茶?","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn4Mjip9XpYZGdBhatcrF3ue"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"Which do you lie best, singing, dancing or skating?唱歌、 跳舞和溜冰，你最喜欢哪样?","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnIGlJ6JDtSLXz10dPpfwdtc"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"反义疑问句","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn0kRglqChzA8pZK9AstF7fc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"反意疑问句又称为附加疑问句，英语称为tag question，是一种常用于口语的疑问句式，主要由“陈述句(或祈使句) + 疑问句”构成。下面是句型。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnE3PtziIk0a9RZB63oo5hcv"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"陈述句有 be 动词时，以该be动词形成反问；陈述句有助动词（will、shall、can、have...）时，以该助动词形成反问；陈述句只有动词时，按主语人称及该动词时态，置 do、does、did 形成反问。下面是句型。下面是句型。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnRCl1Pd9EzwAyzCzQYOZvXa"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"Study hard, will you?要用功，好不好?","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnufZ5wiE0UF5m3sJqsJamQc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"Don't do it, will you?不要做这件事，好不好?","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnZXfFQ996Cadw2LlEQLAGUb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"Let me go, will you?让我走，好不好?","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcne2RXcPwowdoD5HdwSbgLLh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"Let's stop here, shall we?我们在这里停下，好吗?","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnU02QQ6JNcnL73C1lpiadyF"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"There is wifi at this cafe, isn't there?在这个咖啡厅有无线网络，对吗?","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnvdI6BMTcZj0Fao6JnlqZkf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"The clock is slow, isn't it?表走得慢，对吗?","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnzNxN0fYWeCjWho80EOwhpf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"Your are good at math, aren't you?你擅长数学,对吗?","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnuIUoXgdL9z4qpX3vwkpswd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"John is going to study English, isn't he? John会学习英文,对吗?","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnSJtc2x7GlFKrBHLCpT6I7f"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"祈使句","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnUlMxrzw1ADWZOX2RwRsTqh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"祈使句是英语中的一个句式，也是用于表达命令、请求、劝告、警告、禁止等的句子。祈使句最常用于表达命令，因此在学校文法中也常称为命令句。下图是归纳的总结性笔记。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn8yexivfY5nXi70BEvxOObb"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":553,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"祈使句","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/4c03a42953f0478a8235a64272e9d131","width":915},"text":"","id":"doxcnHeINouDJUcRgghMw6TWLvb"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"感叹句","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnpwIVxv1aU51hkxjvqT2syg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"感叹句是英语四大功能句型之一，主要用来表示高兴、愤怒、厌恶或者欣赏等强烈感情的句子，句末通常用感叹号！结尾，说话时用降调。下图是归纳的总结性笔记。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnowqJgF7c9vAXFKGWl4alfc"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":701,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"感叹句","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/c45f9ca9b5db492c816bf334a39817ce","width":1079},"text":"","id":"doxcnxzaNej89cvkmYGGT1yNeMz"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"简单句","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn8hpxbXoQZw8QBNE5bKPCXe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"由一个主语（并列主语）和一个谓语（并列谓语）构成。只有一套主谓结构。主语可理解为“谁？”，谓语视为“做什么？”“是什么？”。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn22RGQBMXTyQY141ic8wQLg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"简单句五种基本句型：","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnseRcAD6RspymnAePU59pgd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"主系表 SVP","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnpUiYrLpMY9vOTF0BaQX2P4"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"主谓SV","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcngnNsOmd7jHEFxkQAC8PwGW"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"主谓宾SVO","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnjPv65QbjbcC7O7TafsNehg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"主谓双宾SVOO","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnh6CbV42IgCVBYh3hWCdo2g"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"主谓宾宾补SVOC","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnYXGOWIRYZCqnbTGiRHVjdg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"下图是归纳的总结性笔记。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnVfhjECy4SPLEoEmmovQ7ad"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":366,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"简单句","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/209ed9c279194d449c04709817ce01ad","width":552},"text":"","id":"doxcnWtKiWieERz8SIrKGYo0kof"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"并列句","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnvK1dZSJ9beTgUSAZ764Fif"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"是并列句由两个或者两个以上的简单句并列而成，有两套或两套以上的主谓结构。并列句的基本句型：“分句+并列连词/特殊符号+分句”。并列连词：and(和，而且) but(但是) yet (但是) for (因为) so (所以)。下图是归纳的总结性笔记。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnevPcYXZIbS14HlLwjdzi4e"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":555,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"并列句","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/509a2fb7d8314abc82c8e092d40111e8","width":890},"text":"","id":"doxcniKNFBENGpNchVaL0zXqWzb"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"特殊句式","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnJqFcNuCUWaiEYYcscGJAyn"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"存在句","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnthBrV1bxnITixNJEHXVfPg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"存在句在","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"英语","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"中是用来表示人或事物的存在、出现等意义，而且大都是用于描述性文章中。存在句可以从结构，句型来分析，可以有多种时态形式。相关的语法重点有：存在句的谓语动词，存在句非限定形式，存在句主谓一致等。下图是归纳的总结性笔记。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnw8u6iz34h3LpTMSN7jupDf"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":437,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"存在句","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/73afbf7743cf404ba512639eae92f403","width":684},"text":"","id":"doxcnGPMzTRHTrd4vGWFfGTSUGe"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"省略句","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnrte54LEyfxQTHQm5RvlrSd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"在英语中，名词可以省略，动词可以省略，动词当中不但系动词这样的可以省略，连实意动词也是可以省略的，只要它已经出现过了。会使用省略句是英语水平走向高阶的一个标志，在使用省略句的时候，不要担心对方看不懂或者听不懂。只要你用的正确，不存在别人不能理解。下图是归纳的总结性笔记。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnkMcL8HKVuxNaXyPpt28Efe"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":416,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"省略句","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/7db2fd9c00fd480eb7e4326e50c9f033","width":671},"text":"","id":"doxcnSZ6iUEtW58RMKnedHkF4ig"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"倒装句","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnxlJiYoDl36mUGAHR6HQM1d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"为了强调、突出等词语的目的而颠倒原有","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"语序","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"的","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"句式","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"叫做倒装句。在倒装句中，颠倒了的成分可以恢复原位而句意基本不变，句法成分不变。英语倒装句的7种形式，希望能帮助你理解英语句子。下图是归纳的总结性笔记。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnuySu7eg6Dix9u0iXEgQx0c"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":524,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"倒装句","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/d0fc7aa9c8734ea6b4ee294e99c3dc7a","width":719},"text":"","id":"doxcnvyO2dKHfKIEnF60fdAK4Se"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"强调句","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnvQk7sQmCrcRMdHiqlMykXe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"强调句型是一种特殊句式，用于表示说话者强烈的感情或意愿。强调就是通过某种手段使句中某一部分所包含的信息比一般情况下显得更重要。强调句型的结构如图所示：","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnm0i33Lp9pAuWCC4Sz5ZD9e"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":740,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"强调句","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/b91cf42bfeac4f219b734bce59b8836c","width":1153},"text":"","id":"doxcncxZueckJE2V9unMRc11e6b"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"学习计划","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn7THJYFgeUAP738ZX2HMeCR"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"【第一步】：看大标题，图片，小标题，看完之后大概猜测文章是关于什么的，目的在于对文章有个模糊的印象。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnhKhRjn3qXjfJVQjrN5quWc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"【第二步】：重点略读，主要读每段第一句和最后一句，大概了解每个段的内容，目的在于对文章结构有个整体把握，比如典型的结构——介绍问题、给出原因、提出解决方法、说明潜在风险、对未来进行判断。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn5O2dw1bWolFjkW38mCgPz9"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"【第三步】：全文略读，读的时候让尽可能多的信息进入眼眶，略读次要信息，抓重点信息(核心观点、重要前提、重要假设)，并对重点信息进行精读，同时对觉得不错的内容再进行标记。目的在于掌握重点信息，方面以后复查或者积累写作素材。(这时候不懂的单词可以圈起来，只要不影响文章大意理解就不查，等到最后一步再查)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcniHEGSXYT2nxppKRBWZ45Jf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"【第四步】：不断来回查找信息，对比是否存在疏漏，目的在于梳理文章结构，掌握文章整体脉络。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnDhhkkvtV8rRvNC7bsza23b"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"【第五步】：带着结构重新略读阅读信息，精读标记信息，看是否理解清楚，是否需要进一步的查询工作。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnDwn7yFvE5euPKdiyVuR5Nb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"学习计划制定好后，作者这边推荐小伙伴们可以在b站上跟着这位老师学习学习，他的视频内容充分的为大家解决了句型问题，同时还利用造句的方式帮助小伙伴们可以更加深刻的了解英语句子的组成部分，视频链接如下：","id":""},{"type":"external_link","attrs":{"url":"https://www.bilibili.com/video/av763971245/?vd_source=5d64dd8ffce01670b3c7c8c70257178b"},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"https://www.bilibili.com/video/av763971245/?vd_source=5d64dd8ffce01670b3c7c8c70257178b","id":""}],"text":"","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnX1Lyz1eF3mUpTa7q8yvaih"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"阅读外文文章","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnclB8F8RfjWQS1ZGaTmk5ff"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"《读者文摘》","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnoJdmQYzbm4zf4ejQOqXtFd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"读者文摘在全球多个国家和地区都有发行。1922年","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"创刊","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"，这是一本能引起大众广泛兴趣的内容丰富的家庭杂志。它所涉及的故事文章涵盖了健康、生态、政府、国际事务、体育、旅游、科学、商业、教育以及幽默笑话等多个领域。适用人群是英语初、中级水平学习者及考研党","id":""},{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnwqhJKJCHzbYd2LwLLxaw1g"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"同时，由于内容具有思考价值、探讨性和实用性，中国英语考试中有不少题目和材料来源于这本杂志。非常适合考试党提高英语能力和语感，是夯实英语基础的大众型读物。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnJblhctnFwrFB9szmOPAYoe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"购买方式：直接联系中图订购纸本，这种刊物在国内订阅是完全许可的。都是英文原版，按期引进。读者文摘是那种小册子，时代是标准的杂志。现在国家对外籍刊物进口管理比较严格，自己从网上订电子版往往会被屏蔽掉。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnAg6lna6AEISLMHnMWaPlwg"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":700,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"阅读外文文章","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/ed45d9432f6d48038eaf53b1b50fd0b0","width":1050},"text":"","id":"doxcn7BHlMZEgR0Bfxl0wKN106c"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"《","id":""},{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"经济学人","id":""},{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"》","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn5qVgfWzE8N3RdjJLxGYUKd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"这是一份由伦敦经济学人报纸有限公司出版的杂志，创办于1843年9月，创办人詹姆士·威尔逊。杂志的大多数文章写得机智，幽默，有力度，严肃又不失诙谐，并且注重于如何在最小的篇幅内告诉读者最多的信息。该杂志又以发明巨无霸指数闻名，是社会精英必不可少的读物。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnmzM2fPOheGGYJCa8pAJv8e"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"里面的文章十分经典，经常出现在考研的阅读理解里面，可见里面的用词、用句的高水平。还有很重要的一点，就是《经济学人》里面还会涉及大量的词汇、固定搭配以及长难句，不仅仅是提升阅读水平，对于词汇积累、语法提升等都大有好处。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnKeyyDDxNWtjPCOgp5h8LXd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"就里面所有的板块和内容而言，个人最喜欢其中的 ","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"obituary","id":""},{"type":"text","text":" 和 special report 部分，前者会写很多有趣的人，很有意思。后者则涉及政治、经济、社会、科技领域的时新专题报道，属于涨知识的必备栏目。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnU2lGZISzbtOQJ0hgF9ht9f"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"阅读方式：一些免费提供离线资源的网站，这块要用谷歌搜，或者用必应国际版，但很多更新更新着就不更新了，免费的可以搜一个关键词：西贝博客。还有国内一些网站提供付费的离线资源，这块是一种选择，只要会用指令搜索，就可以搜索进行查看。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnBDBhwGuTF6Y9q0K8UZgFWf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"还有就是通过发邮件到经济学人官方，咨询他们有哪些授权渠道商，再通过这些渠道商去订阅。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcneDYgFa6dIluIcKzeAknWhd"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":663,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"阅读外文文章","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/a6c09a1dd0b64fc58b21d0d3a96ef076","width":973},"text":"","id":"doxcn8jxBuGxQxPmQXTyuRKzfde"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"英语中期学习","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnZt8uMGUPRo8V8im591dVif"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"听力","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnK0epC41eglSTzsosGbIavh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"我们在锻炼听力的时候一定不要听那些东拼西凑的英语磁带，而是选择一个听力材料就彻底把它拿下。材料里的每一个单词、每一个短语都要听清楚。为了达到这一点，你必须听写。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn9XUbwIIzg8oDX83HZyXKxe"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":300,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"听力","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/fa24511943ad423e9bed1e34a320dde5","width":452},"text":"","id":"doxcnKv48CpMJjLajyYXc0pouae"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"明确学习任务","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnzMd0ooJutFMUz0OZqeCwqd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"第一步是先纠正自己的音标，这是最基础的，我们之所以听不懂是因为我们发音不标准，我们也听不出来英语发音。所以首先必须纠正好自己的音标。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnEdM2LsfAKWR6HNHVmhg2gc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"第二步是要扩大自己的单词量，好多人不注意这一点，认为听力的单词量有限，但是一定要把自己的单词量扩大到一定的范围。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnhNSI81bh6GMHiZw0Uvx2xd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"第三步是训练听力，首先训练单个单词，先听单个单词，然后在逐渐的听句子，这是很主要的，要循序渐进。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn3yasqt8PVyvdfJ1Hj4oFpd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"第四步是在听听力的时候，一定要在自己听不懂的地方多听几遍，并把相关的单词和句子抄下来，经常去阅读。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnreD2PtoRVzFOjkk7tAasUc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"第五步是每天坚持听听力至少2个小时，这是非常关键的一步，不要怕辛苦，坚持下来就行。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnPkUHlTFddlEBYsC3MgrCIc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"第六步是可以坚持看美剧或者坚持听外国的音乐和相关的歌曲，对自己的听力都有很大的帮助。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnx3R4068GWCDbQifRgcWJPg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"听力的基础练习可以在b站上搜索","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"发音词典","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"（这是用户）进行用于听力练习，这个老师的视频中开头部分就为大家制定好了听力规则，在观看视频的时候也可以充分的锻炼自己的英语听力。视频的链接如下：","id":""},{"type":"external_link","attrs":{"url":"https://www.bilibili.com/video/BV1ZY411N7jx/?spm_id_from=333.337.search-card.all.click\u0026vd_source=5d64dd8ffce01670b3c7c8c70257178b"},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"https://www.bilibili.com/video/BV1ZY411N7jx/?spm_id_from=333.337.search-card.all.click\u0026vd_source=5d64dd8ffce01670b3c7c8c70257178b","id":""}],"text":"","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn8FVl4pJ2vSGrePfW1MGvce"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"学习小技巧","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnkN1wpXb0j2dCuwdq84efWc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、学会抓关键词","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn0EqyWTvUywCro4XBoYxNwf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"在听力过程中，我们要学会抓其中的关键词。在语段之间的停顿时间，快速浏览选项，对比其不同之处，在听的过程中通过关键词判断说话者的身份，帮助自己搜索相关背景知识。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnydSflSO3XiLXE3DbacpQmf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、学会划分意群","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn5TJgyVHqlUnLeWhL7TiXve"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"很多人在听的时候都是逐个单词地听，想要听懂每一个单词。其实这样做是没有必要的，也是很难做到的。因此，我们要学会划分意群来听，分词组分词块来听会帮助你节省很多时间，并能让你更快地理解句子是什么意思。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn7h0dyChjbb7sCui3hA6GOd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、学会提前思考","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnQspMHU3xk0sDWGGXNVlPmc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"在听力开始之前，你就要浏览完材料，结合选项开始思考。这段话要讲什么，目的又是什么。并学会猜测，包括对话题的预测、甚至通过常识进行答案的预测。这样才能在考试之中处于主动的位置，所以，听听力要积极主动。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn3ClKnJ9e1gQZcjtwET6MBf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"4、学会做笔记","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnUE0RmQjdnQTdu1LPmsSOee"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"好的笔记能够让你的思路清晰，让你了解听力内容的结构。在听力的开头结尾时就要集中精神，记住相关信息，因为那很有可能就是听力的重点。有时考点在出题时是按照顺序来出的，因此笔记能帮助我们排除一些干扰选项。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnMXGUhlbc57SMPMlRspWP9d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"5、学会注意数字","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnZTIPpQBWtOnyymvmy64sgd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"要注意以下几方面：常规数字的连读，百分数，分数，小数，百分比，电话号码，航班号，驾照号，信用卡号等等。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnrsFTyiPi7cEpejGRDc0bPb"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"推荐学习网站","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnCif7BdZShCkdR6zlvkAGhb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"BBC Learning English","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcneQ6fzjxKQxaSONRpBG7zBe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"我一定要把它放在第一位，因为只要想到网路上的免费英文学习资源，第一个要推荐的绝对是BBC Learning English。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnyt4VyHUNlepoNZrZcjnwpd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"这个被公认为全球最佳的英文学习网站，不只具有英文单字词汇、文法、发音、听力、会话、阅读以及学习测验等丰富多元的学习教材，而且也一直持续更新教学内容。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnqApD00g0lOexyWgq0ZOQGc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"除了可以用网路学习之外，也可以免费下载mp3语音和文字稿到电脑，当作持续自学进修练习的免费教材。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnfOLXyRgbV7xNPhKMpDSVne"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":448,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"推荐学习网站","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/e913fb04c2264cf988f77a15dfd0d31a","width":687},"text":"","id":"doxcnjIQsMQiGBRrao7JobdIF1d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"TED","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcneYelIUmcvEwovBCnWOA4jg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"TED Talks是可以一边听演讲一边训练英文听力的网站。在这里有不同领域的专业人士所发表的科学、娱乐、文化、教育、艺术等等专题英文演讲影片，除了训练正式英文的听力之外，还可以增长知识，开拓自己的视野。可以观看约10~20分钟TED Talks练习英文听力，听不懂时，还可阅读演讲稿理解影片内容。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnUta5inyr6K3SDQvaSC2G2e"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":799,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"推荐学习网站","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/d2002cfa50c14029b7f00abac5e79b4e","width":1201},"text":"","id":"doxcnWUlwAtqF05xze1WKEyJ69d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"English Online France","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn2LpG4czz6oM0cDt2Gd0mJO"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"English Online France是一个非常有趣的在线英文听力训练网站，依照初级、中级和高级区分的英文听力训练教材共超过一百个项目，包括听写练习与测验的MP3语音教材以及听力练习与测验的影片。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn2NkXL6X0kZcPo7uVMWNfLI"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":619,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"推荐学习网站","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/9cef53fb83ee456f855abafe1b682163","width":971},"text":"","id":"doxcn4ptkZ85t8TasnhUru8hQVd"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"口语","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn3YjJRnkXUEZbKQQhh7jk0O"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"语言不是教会的，而是在使用中学会的。交际能力只能在交际中得到最有效的培养。一个优秀的语言学习者应具有强烈的语言交际的欲望，应力争语言训练的各种机会。应该不怕因犯语言错误而被别人讥笑。","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"（口语的基础练习可以在b站上搜索，也可以","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"结合下文讲解，","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"在该连接中","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"看视频配合学习","id":""},{"type":"external_link","attrs":{"url":"https://www.bilibili.com/video/av378675437/?vd_source=5d64dd8ffce01670b3c7c8c70257178b"},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"https://www.bilibili.com/video/av378675437/?vd_source=5d64dd8ffce01670b3c7c8c70257178b","id":""}],"text":"","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"）","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnrcC1IGOuALt9pw7qUyz2Fv"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":596,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"口语","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/3fef193ad9d34d5c99e0c1d5e166215f","width":896},"text":"","id":"doxcn6mVn3Q0JYzoycJgoXxBh0c"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"明确学习任务","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnua575Ls8kF2CYx7wDtH5Gf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"1.","id":""},{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":" ","id":""},{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"一定要用完整句子对话","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn80chwA8vggV1g74yIymvyd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"面对任何问题，都不能只回答表面内容，一定要在此基础上展开回答。如果别人问你一个问题，你只回答 Yes 或者 No，那如何提高口语呢？即使遇到了一个你根本不了解或者不会的问题，也千万不要用：“Sorry, I don’t know”或者“No”来回应。比如别人问了一个最基础的问题，“Where are you from?” 你千万不能只说：“I come from Beijing.”正确的做法是：先说明你来自北京，然后介绍一下北京的风土人情、家乡美食等等，最后再和对方互动一下，问你去过北京吗？或者你觉得北京这座城市怎么样呢？","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn8Am29JWp2EnJRUJbgM0cAs"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"2.多使用一些复杂句和从句","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnEHGw7CDtKePv09IVO9GJub"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"然后在平时练习过程中，要将简单句和","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"复杂句","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"交错使用，不要一直用简单的句子，这样会显得你的水平很 Low，也不要一直说很复杂的句子，因为很容易出错。在变换不同的句式的时候，记得不要出错。避免一直说简单句的最好方法就是，多说一些稍微复杂一点的从句，比如定语从句、","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"条件状语从句","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"、主语从句等等，同时一些相同意思的句子也不要用重复表达，要学会多尝试用不同的句式说出来。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcntl5ggqZs1SveFYXERCKt7d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"3.通过美剧学习口语","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnzPBHKebdTWoMlsEiSqDjMb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"通过美剧学习英语口语也是很多人可能有尝试的方法，对于上班族来说可以一边放松心情的同时学习英语。我建议可选择那些与日常生活比较贴近、故事情节较强的影视材料。例如金色年代。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnqc0oBahh961fx6AGeNXnxh"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":352,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"明确学习任务","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/0cc317719f8e46358e6469afbdddf745","width":530},"text":"","id":"doxcnUawhbt9LAbMNtGyT5rjQje"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"口语的基础练习可以在b站上搜索","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"MrYang杨家成","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"，这个老师讲解的每个视频内容虽然简短，但是老师在讲解前就利用学生的错误发音进行纠正，充满趣味性的同时也能认识到口语发音方面的错误。我这边为大家找到一个不错的视频内容，链接如下：","id":""},{"type":"external_link","attrs":{"url":"https://www.bilibili.com/video/av378675437/?vd_source=5d64dd8ffce01670b3c7c8c70257178b"},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"https://www.bilibili.com/video/av378675437/?vd_source=5d64dd8ffce01670b3c7c8c70257178b","id":""}],"text":"","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"，如果需要的话可以试着看看一看。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnAniyl28BcwrOMGSXZMG7Sd"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"英音发音学习","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn8jUdHxtD0q2Ca9U9XMhKcw"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"1.建立英音的肌肉反射","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn2Bgwdg1Q7WFlotEPgFlzzg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"在我们开始在美音和英音间做出实质性的发音改变之前。我们首先要知道，发音的改变是要体现在每一个音上的，这样的改变才能导致整体上发音的变化。这包括说话过程中嘴型的变化，以及嘴部肌肉运动方式的变化。这是一个整体上的变化。并不只在有某个变化音的词里，你才能听到这样的变化，而是在每个音节上都可以听的出来。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn9xr07pVHQAHJOjIbjJsxeb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"所以想要练习一口标准的英式英语，第一步也是必不可少的一步就是练习音标。将每个音标老老实实的学习，通过肌肉发射，对后面的英式英语的口语练习能有很大的帮助。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnc25ajSh9MJ9ZuAwKzwIk5e"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"2.建立英音语言环境","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnDI3rJYrt2kCNtJSfaMWJmh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"学一门语言，最好的当然就是处于一个特定的语言环境内。既然我们是在国内，没有办法实现英式英语的环境，那么我就可以通过听力来实现输入的问题，通过口语来实现输出的问题。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnItlQCgm0HI7U8XL0lN3nGh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"而对于锻炼听力，最推从的方法就是听万能的BBC了。你要知道，在BBC，不仅仅只有新闻的，BBC还有很多栏目，比如BBC Learning，就是可以通过上面的视频进行练习口语听力的栏目。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnwHmPWhIlSmkDLEJTASgmag"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"3.建立口语交流机制","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnz7znoLcR8PJs5NGgEiTumf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"现在互联网这么发达，我们完全可以通过sns来和世界交流。你只要学会FAN墙，就可以通过Facebook、Twitter、Whatsapp来找到愿意和你交流的人，如果他愿意学习中文是再好不过的了，这样互助互利是最持久的。不过记住，我们是要练习英式英语，所以最好找英国，或者加拿大的。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnrRBvMT5kQV0UBb8xf8Pcxg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"4.英式发音技巧","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnPmSElkK8Ln9GVw9xhfqG7b"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"“R”不发音，不卷舌","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcneQqIl9vYv6nZ8N7aadglUd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"T不发D音，发T音或不发音","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnjwqt9HXoI1nICAJGGHbsCh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"请注意，“H”并不总是发音","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnLAMcR2eJySZiDSAWw12USd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":" 单词“been”的读音是“bean”，而不是“bin”","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnpGGCrWQLAA9NEhwglolxKe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"结尾降调","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn6aeWLuqOC8x6mEvNnAis2b"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"美音发音学习","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnN4ta7kwp7Fx0qE7s5mec4f"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"1.准备好学习的视频参照物","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcndaDJTU1LsVAhezCVIpznMX"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"仅仅是自己照着音标、课本练习朗读，不能使自己的发音改善。学习发音视频教程，才是最容易、最直观、最简单的方法。因为，可以直观地看到美国人的嘴形、舌头的位置，这样可以很容易自我调整。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnJ66dwrjnfif5ARMng7doIe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"请在免费WiFi下，请自行百度：美式发音训练视频教程(汇总贴)。可以很容易找到美国Paul老师的视频教程。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcntlV04Lro46oKCrXu0IO6Yg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"2.制定学习计划，每天学习1集视频","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnj4goxfOdeUXbx4eZFNzA4b"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"每天观看1集视频，并且在安静、不被打扰的环境下学习。跟着视频一起，自己张口练习。练习时，不用去记忆生词，只需要张口练习发音就好。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnykbhvgkb9sTQ7ddwKsjyBg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"学习完1集视频后，找找自己熟悉的单词、简单句子，按照刚刚学会的方法轻松、张口朗读。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnHXjtIW65YnYS2zzXQJGd0c"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"嘴巴重新习惯需要时间。所以，请在学习第2、3、4天，轻松复习第1天学习的发音，并张口练习。这时，不用重新看视频，只需要读一读单词、简单句子。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnIV3Peio8xvVmfsmovzgDze"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"3.巩固训练","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnHh7WVDzXhSnPOLp84zocph"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"在平时自己朗读自己喜欢的文章时，特意留意学会的新的发音。这是进步的最后一步。如果自己没有调整，还是按照自己以前的发音方法，那就没进步了!","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnhKpCrCrsybqYTSoO0Gclod"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"如果按照这样的步骤，认真练习，任何一个自己不会的发音，每位朋友都可以在1周内熟练掌握。1个月内就可以掌握所有的标准美式发音了。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnN7Qg39OmoVkLqRiHmeMjmf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"4.强化训练","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnzbxdiLmiMlIUvH1PtxyOdc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"如果学习过美国Paul老师的教程，还觉得不够。再推荐一个视频教程：","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn9gQ1q9mWplJ1yGiT1XLXyb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"美国 Lisa 老师的——Lisa美语视频教程。请按照同样的反复，每次学习30分钟吧","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnXVSsf7wDN37P91JfWo9uCb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"5.美式发音技巧","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnsEyPamcvvVZqGAqoRoYgCf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"当字母R出现在最后一个字母位置的时候，要发卷舌音。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnx2CWfpVikAHBBqUvcFkrYM"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"当字母R的后面紧跟一个辅音字母的时候，这里的R要发音/r/","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnbx7h6y4AyScuOvfmYVCwwf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"美式发音中的第二个特征,是关于美式浊化音。比如letter这个单词，其中的字母t就需要百分之五十浊化成发音/d/，有点类似ladder了。.","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnIlr6VccCrAYZDvKKmjr6wh"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"口语app","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnNn5aRsPSY0uClTNB0zjMjf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"扇贝口语","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn1xQDPd73gaCqWyXvrmrAXc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"这是一款旨在让用户“听得懂、说得出”的英语口语学习app，适合所有阶段人群，扇贝口语的课程系统完善，而且形式比较丰富，包括角色扮演，发音打分和故事模式，通过跟读以及听音复述和智能打分的形式，帮助培养开口习惯，纠正发音错误。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn1vvkLtwpDzIFC4yV706Cfg"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":680,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"口语app","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/f6dce05c82bf4dd6b121e78ba47fd80a","width":1022},"text":"","id":"doxcnmOPKf8UJLtgeRfIAXrDLF7"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"流利说英语","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnrfswMxU8HpX3xfjfcmtkAh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"这是一款智能口语打分软件，内置各种以场景为主题的课程，你可以跟读模仿，然后系统会根据你的发音情况进行打分，他的练习材料非常丰富，从教材到职场，从生活到影视剧，而且都有难度划分，逐渐升级。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnsHMd5SyxNVjHdPYDl9Jsmb"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":461,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"口语app","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/2043c818292c4f86b5a58216126c49a9","width":694},"text":"","id":"doxcnMiK9GeJjwjvWS8FLcwOJua"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"英语后期学习","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnhmUCRSpuEGPbSm3kfTZrNb"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"练习","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnCHSR2t6m306E2wX8Zw26Eg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"后期就要把你珍藏的真题拿出来了，从头到尾掐准时间（可以在开始的时候把时间写在卷题上，结束对照一下时间），作文可以先不写（前5套真题左右，把作文专项练习一下），一套真题两三天左右吃透，半个月时间把作文好好练习一下（文末附有大小作文模板以及视频），做完对照答案，（如何分析和做阅读，前面的文章已经讲过了）分数依然不重要，重要的是知道自己的薄弱地方，单词、语法、阅读速度还是注意力的问题。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn98ChRZY7cmLmdgPed0hv3c"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":481,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"练习","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/3551ef9f3c724f4991e531507c6605dd","width":720},"text":"","id":"doxcnX6Cvuhb5Vwd8SFv6qa3U9f"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"背单词","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnBzS2BYNc6jNdNFMpHBDqQm"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"单词不用说，该背还要背，这个时间可以有侧重点的背，同时还需要把重点放在真题中单词上来，一定要注意熟词僻义。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnW8xAWJv4iv65s79M9Ow50c"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":480,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"背单词","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/07afafd991d44a1085aff17a8ff11ad3","width":720},"text":"","id":"doxcnyoBqoRdtTyyodHXEWeYTSd"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"阅读","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnimOTAvabfb8dXPzyQ4AAcg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"仔细思考做题过程中的这个题做错了，为什么做错，我当初怎么想的，答案又是怎么说的，有没有了解出题人的意图，带着这些问题，把错的选项分析一遍，做个小结，在题旁边标注，属于哪种错误，是粗心大意还是单词或者翻译错误等；其次是单词，这个单词我背过吗，是生词还是背过忘了，然后查出这个单词，记在自己的单词本或者在单词出处记下来，第二天背下来。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnhUSj3jzBNrgZQJMOD8XFTb"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":465,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"阅读","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/54b405eb55d04519b7181899e35529ee","width":696},"text":"","id":"doxcnFvq6HeNlKFyAqAEkQkbX3g"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"作文","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnpLzO97jEckwVUFvKIivhpg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"怎么构思，如果这次试卷就是考试，我该从哪下手，我是不是又用了，老掉牙的词，背的好词好句有没有用上等；最后就是总结，把阅读、单词、作文遇到的问题做个总结，做个规划去处理，然后第二天去复习，直到这张试卷你认为没有什么价值了，那么你复盘总结就是成功的。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnNNUhjM8lgrGQEXuuMqRUEg"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":800,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"作文","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/ed636c887c314c3e9d0f3880020bb113","width":1200},"text":"","id":"doxcncDWKFnzQEF5EJ3EQW6a7cg"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"总结","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnIWNLRiDucBDag6O7zsyuNj"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"最后说一下完成这个阶段所需的时间，我建议用两个月去完成是比较合适的。不要拖太长时间，不要在学习的舒适区呆太久。我们是需要感觉到自己在进步，需要有很多正反馈才能继续坚持学习的。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnX7UKfpZFcM1TGk9kUVSUjf"}]%3C%2Fhowto_content%3E

3、行楷书写技巧？

行楷又称“汉字行楷手写体字形”，是偏重于楷书书写笔法，比楷书行笔自由，又比行草规正的行书字体。是汉字在楷书基础上简约书写笔画、增强书写映带、表现书写意趣的实用性字体。行楷最大的优势在于实用性极强，书写速度快、易识易学。

行楷特点

行笔轻盈

书写楷书，运笔稳实、缓慢，笔画讲究工整、挺健。书写行楷，运笔轻松、便捷，线条追求流畅、明快。

点画灵动

书写楷书，笔画造型完整，点画之间呼应关系含蓄。书写行楷，点画活泼，连带显露，点、钩、挑等动感笔画明显增多。

字形多变

楷书的字形平正端庄，通篇整齐均匀，相映如一。行楷字的字形变化多姿，通篇大小相间，正敧相错，同一个字可以有多种写法。

硬笔行楷

姿势

坐姿

推荐的坐姿：头正、肩平、臂开、足安；眼离纸一尺高，手离笔尖一寸长，胸离桌子拳头，推荐坐姿如下图。

握姿

推荐的握姿：拇指、食指捏住笔，中指抵住笔杆底；余下两指紧相依，指离笔尖一寸余；五指配合齐用力，不松不紧最适宜，推荐握姿如下图。

工具

选笔

1、钢笔

钢笔的地位在硬笔练字中处于不可撼动的地位，较强表现力可以反映出毛笔的效果。关于练习钢笔的选择，我们可以遵从以下原则：

（1）不使用美工笔。美工笔不利于稳定练习；

（2）不使用写起来不适的钢笔。比如出现堵笔、洇墨、摩阻过大等问题；

（3）不使用过贵的钢笔。在成本练字的过程相对耗笔，尽量做到成本控制，贵的笔对练字本身没有太实质性的帮助。

中性笔

中性笔有稳定、表现力强、便宜、便捷、书写舒适等优点，是一种相对完美的笔。不止在此次行楷练习试验中，日常生活中，大多数人更愿意使用0.5中性笔。

中性笔的挑选可以遵从如下原则：

（1）书写流度。笔触顺骨，笔画饱满，墨色均匀；

（2）握笔舒适度。长时间书写不会有过于明显累手、压迫感；

（3）墨干燥速度。书写时不会被谱黑就行。

3、其他笔

除了钢笔和中性笔，其他笔类都可以进行练字。种类繁多，最为常见的有铅笔，圆珠笔等。不一定局限于某种笔。

字帖

分类

字帖大体可分为三类：（1）笔画结构详解类（2）集字类（3）语录文章类。初学者可以购入三类字帖分别一本，有一定基础者可以购入后两类字帖各一本，基础扎实者可购最后一类字帖。行楷定型试验于2019年6月10日启动，2019年10月24日初步定型，所用字帖为荆霄鹏的《实用行楷字帖》（图1)、《林徽因语录行楷》（图2)。《实用行楷字帖》属于集字类，《林徽因语录行楷》属于语录文章类。

图1

图2

推荐字帖

当代有大量优秀行楷字帖，比如吴玉生、田英章、钱沛云等人的行（楷）字帖。

昊玉生的行楷字站：《怎样写好写快规范字》《公务员汉字书写5500字》、《古文观止》、《硬笔行书红楼梦诗词》等。

田英章的行（楷）字帖：《钢笔行书实用技法字帖》、《漂亮字的快写技巧（行书）》、《现代汉语常用3500字（行书）》等。

钱沛云的行（楷）字帖：《钱沛云硬笔书法技巧》《钱市云教你写好硬笔行书》等。

对于字站的选择需要根据自己的喜好，但是也要避雷。

选择字帖三不选：不选折凹槽类字帖；不选手写体类字帖；不选大幅度描红类字帖。

纸

练习纸种类繁多，常见的有回宫格、米字格、田字格、空白格、横线格、竖线格等等，练习纸的选择也需依据自己的基础，初学尽量选择辅助线多的回宫格、米字格等，随着阶段的变化，练习纸也应该有所改变以减少辅助，达到科学练习的目的。按时间顺序，不止使用了米字格纸、田字格纸、空白格纸、横线纸、竖线纸、白纸。

重点：从脱离米字格到白纸，练字整个过程都贯穿着田字格纸的巩固练习，不属于完全转换状态。

另外，有以下几个点可以注意：

（1）当没有问题的笔墨写在纸上产生洇墨、阻力大等类问题，建议换纸。

（2）不要使用线格过小的纸，选择写起来有种自然舒适状态的纸。

（3）不要刻意追求“好”纸，硬笔行楷的练习对纸的要求较低。

练字内容

从欣赏一幅书法作品的角度，至少会从章法、结构、笔画（划）三方面进行解读，这三方面即是要练字的内容。

章法

章法是安排布置整幅作品中，字与字、行与行之间呼应、照顾等关系的方法，它着重于字与字之间、行与行之间的协调。章法包含着字形大小、字距远近、字态正奇、黑白分布、落款铃印等，利用这些手段可以使众多单字在特定的风格下形成一种和谐稳定美观又不失趣味的作品。

结构

结构是字内各笔画长短、粗细、疏密、布局等。汉字从结构上分有独体字与合体字两大类。从结构形式看，合体字分为七种，即上下结构、上中下结构、左右结构、左中右结构、半包围结构、全包围结构和品字形结构，巧妙地组织笔画让笔画布局合理，传达的视觉效果越好。

笔画（划）

永字反映出了“点、横、竖、撇、捺、提、折、钩”八个基本笔画。笔尖与纸面接触的痕迹，反映出笔画力度、角度、粗细、曲直等。笔画作为练字的起点，是最基础也是最核心的，务必加倍重视。

练字方式

临摹字帖是当下练字最有效的途径，但是部分人在临摹之前往往忽略了一个前提：读帖。将练字方法分解为三个部分：读帖、摹写、临写。

读帖

读帖需要分析字帖范字的笔画、结构、章法。读帖是一个发挥主观能动性的过程，初步练习时应更多的注重笔画的长短、粗细、徐疾、轻重，笔画之间的俯仰、向背、离合、呼应，字的大小、方圆、高矮、宽窄等等。仔细领会字帖的点画形质、间架结构、气韵神采，才能下笔准确。对同一字帖而言，应从其点画开始，观察其起笔、行笔、收笔如何完成以及同一类笔画之间的细小差别等，再到观察毎个字的间架结构、位置布局和章法，最后则是体味字站的气韵神采、风格特点，为准确地临写做好准备。对不同字帖而言，就比如不止选择的两本字帖，往往起到一个相辅相成的作用，为了解一个字体作好充分的准备。经过观察，不止使用的行楷字帖，不像古帖变化较多，容易学习，方便掌握。

摹写

市面上流通的大多数摹写字帖采用透明度较高的硫酸纸覆盖在字帖上，按照影子描写（或者猫红）。当你开始使用摹写时前也要详细的读帖，做到心中有数。摹写过程中，尽量与原帖的用笔一致，单字书写一气呵成，不可存在먹笔填笔等问题。摹写有利有弊，不止认为摹写存在降低主观能动性的嫌疑，故整个练字试验过程都没有使用摹写。

临写

临写根据要求的不同可分为对临、背临和意临。

1、对临

可将字帖置于视角左侧或前端，便于准确观察。随着练字形式的多样化，对临时关于字帖的摆放只要适用于自己即可，可通过裁剪字帖放大观察范围，不必拘泥形式。基于读帖，写完后再将自己写的与字帖仔细对照分析，找到不足做出标记，再次临写，循环练习直到与字帖的字高度相以。临写时不可看一笔写一笔。

2、背临

在读帖，摹写，对临这些过程中，应当有所思索、有所比较、有所记忆，将字帖熟记于心，合帖临写，通过背临这种方式来检验自己是否熟练，这种方式就好比背语文课文，作为一种检查手段的同时，也是在巩固字体的练习，以形成记忆模式，达到一种出笔即像的境界。有部分练习者对照字帖能写得很好，一旦离开字站，不管是字形还是结构都降了层次，这就是因为没有使用好背临这一招。学习一个字体最后目的就是要将帖上字化为已用，想要到达这一目的，背临是必经的过程。背临还有两种形式：空背临和心背临。由于这两种方式不存在使用工具、时间、环境等的要求，完全可以利用碎片时间进行练习与巩固。空背临可用手指、木棍等工具在空中、地上或身上，通过记忆比照字帖写。心背临即在心里描摹字帖，在脑中再现每一笔每一画，这种方式适合睡觉前时用。

3、意临

在临写时注入了自己的主观意识，意临是由临摹过渡到创作的必经之路。诸多初学者存在一个问题：练字时喜欢掺杂自己的意识，这是一种正常的现象，但是也是要趁早正视解决的问题，到达意临这个阶段才开始融入主观思维，切不可过早掺入。意临可从为两种，第一种是在原帖字体风格的基础上，使用自己的笔法或结体特征来表现；第二种是在自己字体风格的基础上，使用原站的笔法和结体特征来适应自己的“意”。

注意事项

三种练字方法的合理利用才能在练字过程取得一个不错的效率，需要我们注意如下几点：

1、多临少摹

不止在为期四个多月的练习期间不采用摹写是因为降低了主观能动性。将摹写与临写进行有机结合，以临写为主、摹写为辅的方式取长补短，未必不是一种好的方法。

2、循序渐进

一般而言，从摹写到临写，各项练习方法应当有效穿插，相互作为辅助关系。

3、先专后博

比如不止选择的两本字帖，先《实用行楷字帖》，后《林数因语录行楷》，两本字帖虽然都是荆香鹏的字，但有差别。先打好基础，解决好笔画结构，再进入长篇幅的练习。同时也可以找书家其他字帖，进行广泛吸收。

4、点面结合

在练习前期，笔画与结构的练习往往是结合在一起。由于诸多现代字帖制作是由字体库生成，相同的字没有变化，极有利于练习（也有弊端，不够灵动）。练习中后期，笔画、结构、章法相互穿插练习，可以进行通临，形成面到点，点到面的良性循环。

5、讲究实效

练字不是抄字，做事要做有用功，每一笔、每一字都需要精益求精，不求数量求质量。当今生活节奏过快，部分人练习时总想急于求成，练字不是一朝一夕的事，讲究效率的同时也要注重坚持。

行楷技巧

连写笔画

写行楷书，往往将相邻的笔画连写，以方便书写。

引用草书

为增强行书的流动笔意，注重牵丝连带，调节行气，也可以把人们比较熟悉的草字直接串写在行楷书中。

简化字形

行楷书书写时，由于连写笔画，可以适当减少笔画数、简化了字形，使书写更加便捷。

改变笔顺

行楷书为了连写方便，有一些字改变了楷书的笔画顺序。总体上要保证美感，章法布局上要讲究错落有致，空间布白。

略带斜势

行楷书在书写时，为行笔连带方便，横可以大幅度上斜，字形略带斜势，自成新的体势。

大小相间

行楷书在排行书写时，字形大小，随其自然，大小相间，使行气更加流畅自然。

章法布局排列

字的大小讲究有大有小，错落有致，相得益彰，这样能够使整体更加美观大方。

规律技巧

左短右长

是指左部偏旁较右部要短、而且小。书写时，左部要写小、并略靠上一些，为右部写宽长一些留出位置。这类字的右部往往有撇画向左部的下方伸展，要恰到好处，不能伸的太长。比如：听、作、观等。

左高右低

点竖对正

指在一个字中，有上下两个中竖者，两个中竖应当垂直对正。竖能对正，则字身不倒。在许多字中，中竖决定字的重心，安放位置对与错就决定了这个字的好坏。

左斜右正

凡左右结构者，以左斜右正者居多，左斜为呼，右正为应，有呼无应，字势必殇，有应无呼，无源之水，均不能立，呼者以斜而取势，应者以平而安神，呈左动而右稳，书呼疾而应迟。

左宽右窄

撇捺不相连

上展下收

横长撇短

上紧下松

书写要点

行楷入门，以吴玉生行楷字为例。

常用字“大”字虽然笔画简单，但并不好写，眼睛一看就会，但是写出来总觉得姿态别扭。

为了方便记忆，下面我把“大”字书写要点归结为“3直1弯”。

①横画要直，用中横，要果断，粗壮有力，不宜带弧度；

②竖撇竖要直；

③捺画前半段要直；

④竖撇跨过横画之后，急转弯，弧度非常大。

毛笔行楷

姿势

坐姿

写毛笔字以坐姿为主。一则练二三寸大楷字无须站立，坐着写就行了；二则坐着省力又利于凝神聚气，注意力容易集中。主张写二三寸大楷模也要用立姿的主要原因是为了练习悬肘，其实坐着写也照样可以用悬肘法，关键是方法要正确。正确的坐姿应该是头正、身直、臂开、足安”（见图下)。

头正：指书写时头要摆正，不可偏侧。

身直：指身体要平正、坐直，两肩齐平，当然直立不是要昂首挺胸，而应该肩背放松，自然下沉，身子略向前倾，胸口与桌面保持一多的间隔，切忌弯腰驼背，甚至将下巴枕靠在左手背上。

臂开：指手臂要往前伸开些，同时两臂的肘关节也要向左右撑开，两边基本匀称。

足安：是指两只脚自然地平稳着地，两腿左右略微分开，其位置与肩宽基本相等，肌肉放松。

站姿

站着写毛笔字身子可略往前倾，头部正直稍微有些下俯，左手掌按住桌面上的纸，右手近于伸直，执笔的姿势也要随着站立而改变，手享下覆，手背与手臂几乎成一平面。两脚分开站稳，双足之间的距离与肩宽大致相等。书写时用手腕、手臂的运动来完成；如果写特别大的字，甚至要用腰部的运动来书写，两脚可再分开些，使书写动作可大一些。执笔方法也应随之而变化。

工具

选笔

毛笔

不同阶段，不同水平，学习不同的书体，练习大小不同的字，对应的毛笔也是不同的。

推荐实体店购买，而非网店购买。网店上的东西看不清摸不着，仅能通过几张图片来判断，这种判断方法很难看的真切，因此很多人发现上了当。而在实体店可以好好观察，也可以根据不同的价格的毛笔进行一个对比，从而择优购买，有问题也能在现场发现。

用笔最好还是选择品牌笔，价格虽是稍高点，但质量比较可靠，包括用料和工艺。

范本

平时多看名帖、看书法展、看名家挥毫。从好作品中汲取养分。推荐的以下范本。

书写原则

1、线条坚而浑——激情原自线条的熟练。线是力和势的组合，行笔要沉着痛快，做到稳健、轻便，重笔势(即趋向)，根据字形大小排字的走向，线条斜势，整体纵向走势。

2、结体奇而稳——注意重心。欹侧、擒纵、疏密、高低。

3、章法变而贯——竹节式(几个字一节)节数间有空隙;贯珠式(中心线);蛇行式(左右摆动);疏影式(疏疏朗朗)。

布局要点

1、一字不能成行。

2、字与字之间有呼应，上承下启，左映右带，行距和字距不能相等。书眼放中央，可大些，字与周边气贯。

3、整体上展出适合墨迹浓重的作品。挂家中适合疏淡的作品。

4、作品中不能有错别字，异体字不过于冷僻。

5、作品整体布局上面重下面轻。

6、评作品好坏主要看总体视觉效果：节奏、墨色、用笔。

7、三三两两，似散还续，气脉一贯，此布局之妙也。

书写技巧

行楷的连带

笔画连带是行楷书的核心，唯有连带，方能提高书写速度。除了一般上下笔划之间的连带之外，还有一些特殊的连带。

1、改变笔顺。如分、交、布、必、巨、王等字，笔顺改变后，连带顺畅，书写便利。

2、笔画合并。如页、吊、此、高、非等字，笔画合并后，两笔并作一笔，使得上下连贯。 3、笔画省略。如即、动、蜂、龄、它等字的点、小竖、短撇等次要笔画，为了不妨碍连笔，就省略掉了，虽然省略了，但是仍易于辨认。

4、笔画替代。如风、喜、基、具、常、王、能、可等字，这写字大都采取了描摹轮廓的方式来写，用象形笔法勾勒出来，由于约定俗成，已被大家所接受。

要练好行楷，关键要仔细观察字的行笔路线，注意上下衔接，突出主要笔画，减少对笔画的修饰，尽量一气呵成，使字浑然一体。由于书写点画简略，随意自然，行楷给人们以轻松愉快的感觉。

书写特点

行楷的书写特点是连、变、省，其笔画比正楷字的笔画自由，用笔方法也有许多变化。下面我们逐一介绍行楷的基本笔画。

行楷的点画

行楷画卷头尖、腹平、背圆、尾满，前后顾盼。点画都与字的中心呼应。下面是行楷字点画的主要写法：

行楷的横画

行楷字横画多数带钩，与前后笔画呼应或者连接，有长短、精细、俯仰等变化，如果数横并列，要有长短参差，笔势也要有区别。横画在字中往往起平衡作用，因此书写时要注意长短、角度和曲弧。

行楷的竖画

行楷字写竖画不宜太直硬，要适当取斜势或弯曲，收笔有悬针，有垂露，有带钩，有弯弧，但必须把力用到笔端，切忌软散。字中的长竖作适当夸张。

行楷的撇画

行楷字的撇有多种姿态，要注意长短、曲直的变化，书写时常常回锋，做到伸缩有度，与捺相配时要有变化，不能呆板。

行楷的捺画

捺多用在字的右部或者右下角的末笔，有时写成反捺或长点出锋，但要注意带曲，回锋的方向要有变化。

行楷的提画

提又称挑，常在左右结构字左旁的末笔，与右半边联系。写提笔要快而有劲

行楷的折画

行楷字的折画有圆有方，圆转多于方折，圆度要润，方折要顿。

行楷的钩画

行楷字的钩画多变并适度夸张。有些字本来没有钩，可以加钩起连带作用，但要生动求变，饱满有劲，切忌软弱、尖细。

书写关键

八面出锋

借助于八面出锋，自然显出墨色浓淡，湿中有干，干中有湿，浓中有淡，淡中有浓，变化千万，使作品富有节奏感。

刚柔相济

刚力—铁划银钩(粗)：柔力—行云流水(细)。

惜墨如金

要求蘸一次墨写一个字，甚至数字。

豁然开朗

留白处有宽有窄，宽处给人以忽然开朗之感。艺术是制造矛盾，到解决矛盾的过程。

中侧并用

中锋得法立骨，侧锋得势求变。中锋是理性的要求，是书法审美的核心所在；侧锋是情性的化身，是书法通神的手段。

深思熟虑

创作前要深思熟虑，反复推敲，做到“胸有成竹”。

一气呵成

书法是感情的流露，不是技巧的表现，要在身体与心情皆好的状态下写字。书写时随意挥洒，一气呵成。

错落有致

一般情况下，作品的行距要宽，字距要紧。字忌并列，要错开。节数间有空隙，排列组合要有节奏，大小字参差，突出中间书眼。

笔情墨趣

书法是无声的音乐，无形的舞蹈。求变化中有呼应，使整体和谐，有强烈的节奏和视觉冲击力。用好拙笔，用笔略慢，动中有静，写出墨趣。

重视贯气

书法的气，是指点划与不同字之间的呼应，字与字之间的趋向。

书写方法

读帖

要练眼，即认真读帖。读帖是基础，要仔细观察字在方格中的高低位置、笔画的连贯映带、疏密和长短等，眼高是手高的前提，对字形要善于观察、分析和比较，大致相同的字合成一类，举一反三，达到事半功倍的效果。

练脑

要练脑或说练心。在细心观察的基础上，要把示范字牢牢地记在心里，只有把字形象记英语单词、背数学公式那样烂熟于心，深深地刻在大脑里，才能熟练运用。无论何时，一旦提到这个字，马上就能想出这个字在字帖上的形状，做到胸有成帖，脑有成字。

练手

练眼和练脑是为了搞清字该怎样写，心中能想出字的最好效果，手下却不一定能写出来，因为脑不一定能指挥得了手，手不一定能指挥得了笔。练手就是要达到心手一致、手笔一致的境界，所以练手也是至关重要的。练手主要是练指力、练腕力、练手感。

练结构

要写好行楷，结构的练习重于笔画的练习。字的结构是指字的笔画的长短比例及笔画间的穿插避让关系。要掌握汉字的结构，大家可以写写黑体字，通过这种字体把结构进行校正，然后加以变化，写其他的字体也就容易一些。

%3Chowto_content%3E[{"type":"paragraph","attrs":{"is_abstract":true},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"行楷又称“汉字行楷手写体字形”，是偏重于楷书书写笔法，比楷书行笔自由，又比行草规正的行书字体。是汉字在楷书基础上简约书写笔画、增强书写映带、表现书写意趣的实用性字体。行楷最大的优势在于实用性极强，书写速度快、易识易学。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnIcYsIAc6q8UAHoupFfA6Jv"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"行楷特点","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnYaukOIYUqu4uirDWImLVhI"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"行笔轻盈","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnUAAg4qCUSo6KGuqFDmvpHf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"书写楷书，运笔稳实、缓慢，笔画讲究工整、挺健。书写行楷，运笔轻松、便捷，线条追求流畅、明快。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnCcIycGWM0kCICoARw4h31d"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":360,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"行笔轻盈","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/07aa7d0ff2be4e8585dc8f7287a33c88","width":366},"text":"","id":"doxcn6eaIKe6qku4eQygEUM7n3y"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"点画灵动","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnC4Kq6GGeMC4MyScd0OabDe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"书写楷书，笔画造型完整，点画之间呼应关系含蓄。书写行楷，点画活泼，连带显露，点、钩、挑等动感笔画明显增多。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn2EEM4UIOggMSo7KjntZCAh"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":358,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"点画灵动","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/37d3a92a963c4e908f3f31e1a7a3a649","width":372},"text":"","id":"doxcnqC8oAwiiumKUstBwpBAjpc"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"字形多变","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnC82UOSaoAq8GG4UbvbUo1d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"楷书的字形平正端庄，通篇整齐均匀，相映如一。行楷字的字形变化多姿，通篇大小相间，正敧相错，同一个字可以有多种写法。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn2iekUmMgo6SoiiSs7V6a1b"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":436,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"字形多变","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/b53a66166e1243ab8eea03c77eef8915","width":431},"text":"","id":"doxcnAYAgCE6gSM4g1SmRmWs7Qz"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"硬笔行楷","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn8oSKw6Oa06U2gVS19IetNg"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"姿势","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn08qmQYAGsSkyOI8DWpi9Nc"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"坐姿","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnciMciCmG8IcCEjBHGJk0Qh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"推荐的坐姿：头正、肩平、臂开、足安；眼离纸一尺高，手离笔尖一寸长，胸离桌子拳头，推荐坐姿如下图。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnKokEyOQEISoEwPbLbaS4id"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":269,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"坐姿","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/2518cd45688c4c88b6ad0dc26fa83e68","width":249},"text":"","id":"doxcnS4soUKQwKyCCofbdKxjsEh"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"握姿","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnQgsMwykeKq0umedSoMmVrh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"推荐的握姿：拇指、食指捏住笔，中指抵住笔杆底；余下两指紧相依，指离笔尖一寸余；五指配合齐用力，不松不紧最适宜，推荐握姿如下图。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnssCokGGekg8G0UAgW0iUxh"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":181,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"握姿","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/f6ecdf5dcd674c09844ac3b09d317014","width":260},"text":"","id":"doxcnGYuiweyaGmqkWfgdUpbvhb"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"工具","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn4IQSKyg8eYQ8esyWOtcVuc"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"选笔","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnYoWqeCaqQiKKEbPWJleqze"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、钢笔","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnyaCk2M6ME8eGaSyV44e6Jc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"钢笔的地位在硬笔练字中处于不可撼动的地位，较强表现力可以反映出毛笔的效果。关于练习钢笔的选择，我们可以遵从以下原则：","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnsG6Ye4omiYEAOs7UZGKLvh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"（1）不使用美工笔。美工笔不利于稳定练习；","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnS2asmUM8Oc0umYs2RnCLXf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"（2）不使用写起来不适的钢笔。比如出现堵笔、洇墨、摩阻过大等问题；","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnwcSUoiKOMOAwolSDNeSgqg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"（3）不使用过贵的钢笔。在成本练字的过程相对耗笔，尽量做到成本控制，贵的笔对练字本身没有太实质性的帮助。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnYWSoWCMyIac2wXg8H0vTNc"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":800,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"选笔","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/143c124cd04042ea8e2dd086dadce517","width":800},"text":"","id":"doxcnOimsEeYcU8IUycD6KwzYRc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"中性笔","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnAIOqO4UKUsKiiWblbtqV0b"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"中性笔有稳定、表现力强、便宜、便捷、书写舒适等优点，是一种相对完美的笔。不止在此次行楷练习试验中，日常生活中，大多数人更愿意使用0.5中性笔。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn8y80ucmkMEo6Yz690kipzd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"中性笔的挑选可以遵从如下原则：","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnguKWaAyGiU82m24DES6LJd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"（1）书写流度。笔触顺骨，笔画饱满，墨色均匀；","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn6OAiAKuiw0QKML7J6o8XXf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"（2）握笔舒适度。长时间书写不会有过于明显累手、压迫感；","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnCMYeAmYkKcOUUrxYq3Fise"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"（3）墨干燥速度。书写时不会被谱黑就行。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnmIu0Qi2uKKokktaSU61gZb"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":292,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"选笔","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/ee9abf52df3142ed8665577f90f381e6","width":387},"text":"","id":"doxcnOOQGKEUeqI8k6lAdfDViic"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、其他笔","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnkicWAAEOqkAOKA627mdwqd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"除了钢笔和中性笔，其他笔类都可以进行练字。种类繁多，最为常见的有铅笔，圆珠笔等。不一定局限于某种笔。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn0ccAiu6KEUGc6M6v7YNFyg"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":250,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"选笔","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/b9668d13228a408d98ce10dd0a8b874c","width":250},"text":"","id":"doxcnIegGkuSKW6c6wBzbOOPyRb"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"字帖","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcniEOyUqOQMmWQslzECcIJRf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"分类","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnqWSUaMQmYO0kAf24i8PFTc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"字帖大体可分为三类：（1）笔画结构详解类（2）集字类（3）语录文章类。初学者可以购入三类字帖分别一本，有一定基础者可以购入后两类字帖各一本，基础扎实者可购最后一类字帖。行楷定型试验于2019年6月10日启动，2019年10月24日初步定型，所用字帖为荆霄鹏的《实用行楷字帖》（图1)、《林徽因语录行楷》（图2)。《实用行楷字帖》属于集字类，《林徽因语录行楷》属于语录文章类。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnSmkI4QYAAcE8kz0fC7TfKe"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":317,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"字帖","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/365b0cf1b3844a10a47844acbbdcef35","width":235},"text":"","id":"doxcnKOqYYIE8owM6GIVhk2ea3e"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"图1","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn42scOaQC6SGCE3OExmp20g"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":320,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"字帖","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/b702530ab255456e99171f65f0130fec","width":247},"text":"","id":"doxcnsumocemYQSk6yoqAhf6Adc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"图2","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnce6CcqocmQocA7Zw4FETee"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"推荐字帖","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcngEOIQQM0OwgagFMW09R8td"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"当代有大量优秀行楷字帖，比如吴玉生、田英章、钱沛云等人的行（楷）字帖。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnuo6u84MkgeoQS0nh3cTNhh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"昊玉生的行楷字站：《怎样写好写快规范字》《公务员汉字书写5500字》、《古文观止》、《硬笔行书红楼梦诗词》等。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnUyY28seoq2m08jMdTLPxkb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"田英章的行（楷）字帖：《钢笔行书实用技法字帖》、《漂亮字的快写技巧（行书）》、《现代汉语常用3500字（行书）》等。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnQSMqau4qCoMm2XxlNGJJyb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"钱沛云的行（楷）字帖：《钱沛云硬笔书法技巧》《钱市云教你写好硬笔行书》等。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnqy4Y2iKkqcOUMXXyjbwRkc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"对于字站的选择需要根据自己的喜好，但是也要避雷。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn0CS4AYcuOkW4qIygeJROZb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"选择字帖三不选：不选折凹槽类字帖；不选手写体类字帖；不选大幅度描红类字帖。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcngE80Gokgqkao6zWC2vsfsd"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"纸","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnQ0gAgC4M6kaQ0owxeYyZoe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"练习纸种类繁多，常见的有回宫格、米字格、田字格、空白格、横线格、竖线格等等，练习纸的选择也需依据自己的基础，初学尽量选择辅助线多的回宫格、米字格等，随着阶段的变化，练习纸也应该有所改变以减少辅助，达到科学练习的目的。按时间顺序，不止使用了米字格纸、田字格纸、空白格纸、横线纸、竖线纸、白纸。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnCqSommKokAMWXsjLxZ3xLe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"重点：从脱离米字格到白纸，练字整个过程都贯穿着田字格纸的巩固练习，不属于完全转换状态。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn4OAM2WWoY4YOyYiYNBddyc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"另外，有以下几个点可以注意：","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnoAMw6gCwuOeeiSIj3962rg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"（1）当没有问题的笔墨写在纸上产生洇墨、阻力大等类问题，建议换纸。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnCey64Ue0CCyUGstIqsePWc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"（2）不要使用线格过小的纸，选择写起来有种自然舒适状态的纸。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn0Mei0Mi22YGOgvnvvFwmqd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"（3）不要刻意追求“好”纸，硬笔行楷的练习对纸的要求较低。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcneCgECqqU08WuGr3c4sImyT"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":1185,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"纸","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/bcd041337a694ecb8a11c3ce054340b9","width":790},"text":"","id":"doxcngMeGwYSmIwUUa0uTFIdCoh"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"练字内容","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnyMuA00AusuW8AnUVouKs0f"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"从欣赏一幅书法作品的角度，至少会从章法、结构、笔画（划）三方面进行解读，这三方面即是要练字的内容。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn4uW6WqcQQUws0SXcSdnWrg"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"章法","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnu0IiMSkSoICs0ivuP8j0Ad"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"章法是安排布置整幅作品中，字与字、行与行之间呼应、照顾等关系的方法，它着重于字与字之间、行与行之间的协调。章法包含着字形大小、字距远近、字态正奇、黑白分布、落款铃印等，利用这些手段可以使众多单字在特定的风格下形成一种和谐稳定美观又不失趣味的作品。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnsusugEusaIo8MvXg33O1nd"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"结构","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnkwY2Cok0I4kKa6vEwygEJd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"结构是字内各笔画长短、粗细、疏密、布局等。汉字从结构上分有独体字与合体字两大类。从结构形式看，合体字分为七种，即上下结构、上中下结构、左右结构、左中右结构、半包围结构、全包围结构和品字形结构，巧妙地组织笔画让笔画布局合理，传达的视觉效果越好。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnssuKaGa0MoAsuAwL2Ii3nh"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"笔画（划）","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcneeOGiAiIIeW0IKQDaEEH5I"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"永字反映出了“点、横、竖、撇、捺、提、折、钩”八个基本笔画。笔尖与纸面接触的痕迹，反映出笔画力度、角度、粗细、曲直等。笔画作为练字的起点，是最基础也是最核心的，务必加倍重视。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcniAmUuyA0CaaswvbgJ0S7Ch"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"练字方式","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnYKCygkWcIKGKUPHW5pSzxf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"临摹字帖是当下练字最有效的途径，但是部分人在临摹之前往往忽略了一个前提：读帖。将练字方法分解为三个部分：读帖、摹写、临写。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnO0UMscWAuQkIe5yqi2MeT9"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"读帖","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnGAAk82w28KUOIRlF1S8QLh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"读帖需要分析字帖范字的笔画、结构、章法。读帖是一个发挥主观能动性的过程，初步练习时应更多的注重笔画的长短、粗细、徐疾、轻重，笔画之间的俯仰、向背、离合、呼应，字的大小、方圆、高矮、宽窄等等。仔细领会字帖的点画形质、间架结构、气韵神采，才能下笔准确。对同一字帖而言，应从其点画开始，观察其起笔、行笔、收笔如何完成以及同一类笔画之间的细小差别等，再到观察毎个字的间架结构、位置布局和章法，最后则是体味字站的气韵神采、风格特点，为准确地临写做好准备。对不同字帖而言，就比如不止选择的两本字帖，往往起到一个相辅相成的作用，为了解一个字体作好充分的准备。经过观察，不止使用的行楷字帖，不像古帖变化较多，容易学习，方便掌握。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn6mgYAAAQOMywycRkaO2uCf"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"摹写","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn6gYSEGaCkcOkiUDVAvGzle"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"市面上流通的大多数摹写字帖采用透明度较高的硫酸纸覆盖在字帖上，按照影子描写（或者猫红）。当你开始使用摹写时前也要详细的读帖，做到心中有数。摹写过程中，尽量与原帖的用笔一致，单字书写一气呵成，不可存在먹笔填笔等问题。摹写有利有弊，不止认为摹写存在降低主观能动性的嫌疑，故整个练字试验过程都没有使用摹写。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcncqAyo4S6CCSaYTmdDAzshe"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"临写","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn6iM4OiYag0WcQD61VKxzDd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"临写根据要求的不同可分为对临、背临和意临。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnygOUcU2IMMCIs1Ye474JJd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、对临","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcni62qGqSGoUMUYNDoHeenTw"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"可将字帖置于视角左侧或前端，便于准确观察。随着练字形式的多样化，对临时关于字帖的摆放只要适用于自己即可，可通过裁剪字帖放大观察范围，不必拘泥形式。基于读帖，写完后再将自己写的与字帖仔细对照分析，找到不足做出标记，再次临写，循环练习直到与字帖的字高度相以。临写时不可看一笔写一笔。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcncyUQQaEEiUwKsF3SWiJp0e"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、背临","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnA2S06sa2kckwDN9brm2NLc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"在读帖，摹写，对临这些过程中，应当有所思索、有所比较、有所记忆，将字帖熟记于心，合帖临写，通过背临这种方式来检验自己是否熟练，这种方式就好比背语文课文，作为一种检查手段的同时，也是在巩固字体的练习，以形成记忆模式，达到一种出笔即像的境界。有部分练习者对照字帖能写得很好，一旦离开字站，不管是字形还是结构都降了层次，这就是因为没有使用好背临这一招。学习一个字体最后目的就是要将帖上字化为已用，想要到达这一目的，背临是必经的过程。背临还有两种形式：空背临和心背临。由于这两种方式不存在使用工具、时间、环境等的要求，完全可以利用碎片时间进行练习与巩固。空背临可用手指、木棍等工具在空中、地上或身上，通过记忆比照字帖写。心背临即在心里描摹字帖，在脑中再现每一笔每一画，这种方式适合睡觉前时用。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnMcQ2kOYemq2qmcI1ebeInc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、意临","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnAKoeUoysIM2gE9Ezj6O0Yb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"在临写时注入了自己的主观意识，意临是由临摹过渡到创作的必经之路。诸多初学者存在一个问题：练字时喜欢掺杂自己的意识，这是一种正常的现象，但是也是要趁早正视解决的问题，到达意临这个阶段才开始融入主观思维，切不可过早掺入。意临可从为两种，第一种是在原帖字体风格的基础上，使用自己的笔法或结体特征来表现；第二种是在自己字体风格的基础上，使用原站的笔法和结体特征来适应自己的“意”。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnGYuu2QQuummUchftaOlYJf"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"注意事项","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnSEKqU8MukMwuYLyVM9eJ0g"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"三种练字方法的合理利用才能在练字过程取得一个不错的效率，需要我们注意如下几点：","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnM4ci6OkEmCu4Mv7B1q8ayg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、多临少摹","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn4UsGEYE2qa4kSq81ldYrEb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"不止在为期四个多月的练习期间不采用摹写是因为降低了主观能动性。将摹写与临写进行有机结合，以临写为主、摹写为辅的方式取长补短，未必不是一种好的方法。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn8kGcQuiKocsIHa0TtdvKh9"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、循序渐进","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnIA0wMeKukUIs7pBA3jNXG7"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"一般而言，从摹写到临写，各项练习方法应当有效穿插，相互作为辅助关系。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn2weMMgcMgICQgHri9JdLFd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、先专后博","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnosUWSoIk4MEIiqC3FlueHg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"比如不止选择的两本字帖，先《实用行楷字帖》，后《林数因语录行楷》，两本字帖虽然都是荆香鹏的字，但有差别。先打好基础，解决好笔画结构，再进入长篇幅的练习。同时也可以找书家其他字帖，进行广泛吸收。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnWW4cQko8gm8SWEZ20ELjhg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"4、点面结合","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnqyi8qie6seEcCgyOBCnIYd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"在练习前期，笔画与结构的练习往往是结合在一起。由于诸多现代字帖制作是由字体库生成，相同的字没有变化，极有利于练习（也有弊端，不够灵动）。练习中后期，笔画、结构、章法相互穿插练习，可以进行通临，形成面到点，点到面的良性循环。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnCk444820km6A2TV39qHvyd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"5、讲究实效","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn8CCoYYgQCU2c2vLewYZtNh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"练字不是抄字，做事要做有用功，每一笔、每一字都需要精益求精，不求数量求质量。当今生活节奏过快，部分人练习时总想急于求成，练字不是一朝一夕的事，讲究效率的同时也要注重坚持。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnKA8EUseeku0scZNWXtkJ5c"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"行楷技巧","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnSiuKYmCkWo6G3h43MGfHLs"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"连写笔画","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnuawgOAsEy2ayQ9gtiXTxke"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"写行楷书，往往将相邻的笔画连写，以方便书写。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnqKw46SMWCEQUO4AyVTvoQf"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":235,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"连写笔画","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/0500d176fb48478f8876e6528d973b72","width":404},"text":"","id":"doxcny04o6OWigEYG2TTquYR5Hb"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"引用草书","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnQCEAQSEieUgYIpvOSTlD8d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"为增强行书的流动笔意，注重牵丝连带，调节行气，也可以把人们比较熟悉的草字直接串写在行楷书中。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnGWyU0YoCMg0u6WJb7OeNDf"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":201,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"引用草书","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/b0db5297452544bfbf37e551ec0689e9","width":328},"text":"","id":"doxcnICE8KCYoAmgOUvHfxQtgvf"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"简化字形","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnAs24c0qgOcQEGKYKdsu9xg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"行楷书书写时，由于连写笔画，可以适当减少笔画数、简化了字形，使书写更加便捷。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnGCceeUImO2c88xyYyCyDUg"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":400,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"简化字形","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/7fe5bfc37e3743c78242a0868209ee51","width":537},"text":"","id":"doxcnGg2SUuCMG0uIIHY9N0pVTe"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"改变笔顺","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnyCegmY44SCmkwxzjQ0pROb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"行楷书为了连写方便，有一些字改变了楷书的笔画顺序。总体上要保证美感，章法布局上要讲究错落有致，空间布白。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn4wAAIGq8UeQKcrcFKHAFZg"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":244,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"改变笔顺","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/4b68ae9c8e2b4ec0a2d7d6ec2e5df8c3","width":385},"text":"","id":"doxcnGW4ayU66EkIkcR4t55gkLc"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"略带斜势","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnoAakMW2ymkMAcR7BvfUMTc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"行楷书在书写时，为行笔连带方便，横可以大幅度上斜，字形略带斜势，自成新的体势。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnSMiIWS4MG4YcHuyX1zyDMa"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":191,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"略带斜势","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/2537a5ae23254a98836d0cce7690e8ae","width":483},"text":"","id":"doxcnyscegMAogsUuIjQUcL1KMe"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"大小相间","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnUOO2kqwmu2O4I0geuWoXrZ"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"行楷书在排行书写时，字形大小，随其自然，大小相间，使行气更加流畅自然。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnMI0mqQ2QSQgIwT1kNIK9bh"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":173,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"大小相间","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/9d5329ecfdb14c4b99f6c05b6f22a32e","width":497},"text":"","id":"doxcnuMQAmwG8SUCyQFhr94WXgg"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"章法布局排列","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnsakQKCUCO6a0G2D5sjCzDf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"字的大小讲究有大有小，错落有致，相得益彰，这样能够使整体更加美观大方。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnYaImKgESEUmuSOvyo6f8wf"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":256,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"章法布局排列","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/0b349f55e34c4736ab33a33baa5a19ea","width":485},"text":"","id":"doxcnGkq4qe0cuWAIy2jU9O4LYd"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"规律技巧","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnKOoY2wyW0ymeuk3p8Pdbec"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"左短右长","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn2IKKeoSIKq2ysf0X4sxkkf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"是指左部偏旁较右部要短、而且小。书写时，左部要写小、并略靠上一些，为右部写宽长一些留出位置。这类字的右部往往有撇画向左部的下方伸展，要恰到好处，不能伸的太长。比如：听、作、观等。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnqweAskOk0wQCw9xvAvLchf"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":384,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"左短右长","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/fafdf1e092754b7e968ca02edf230b05","width":401},"text":"","id":"doxcnGykmc6Aecao87M0KmymFB6"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"左高右低","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn4oCWm6sec2GkyXIhE8ALqb"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":447,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"左高右低","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/8a17143471764ed7a4f62fb902559873","width":469},"text":"","id":"doxcnuGKIeuq8icUAW2PHLYBuYg"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"点竖对正","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnIgEe8wUKmGOuoXLqX4nwQh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"指在一个字中，有上下两个中竖者，两个中竖应当垂直对正。竖能对正，则字身不倒。在许多字中，中竖决定字的重心，安放位置对与错就决定了这个字的好坏。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnQEq488a66mgEkRr18DJWUb"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":448,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"点竖对正","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/09b567588bae4231ac6481497b025754","width":466},"text":"","id":"doxcnui2k6WSGccKCExe0R2lcwg"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"左斜右正","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnioSkEEGimMq2eerYx3PiYg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"凡左右结构者，以左斜右正者居多，左斜为呼，右正为应，有呼无应，字势必殇，有应无呼，无源之水，均不能立，呼者以斜而取势，应者以平而安神，呈左动而右稳，书呼疾而应迟。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnOg6QmC2oK2cuGEXUx7Clqe"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":440,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"左斜右正","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/84c3390781414dc3817a24902ed7259f","width":455},"text":"","id":"doxcn0wKOw6gMk8kAPevNYILKrP"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"左宽右窄","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnO86cMqiW2AO6WyrxT90LLb"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":445,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"左宽右窄","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/96fc15ffed494df3b4b7d15b1dd3aef9","width":462},"text":"","id":"doxcnEME88Wa4KYuImgaKRnhREb"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"撇捺不相连","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcniSyqqGG6YuMGoHBCQnXugc"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":440,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"撇捺不相连","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/f76712357bd849c4a027a9d0a8b587bd","width":462},"text":"","id":"doxcngi682G0ug0YU4aqqWGQxfe"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"上展下收","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnCAikyiwQaqeI0MeHUxhMUh"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":444,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"上展下收","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/779ef57f03574c978bd9dcbeb368c6c4","width":457},"text":"","id":"doxcnSAKeqwwAWEGO6ZEN8YHcMc"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"横长撇短","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnMkMUWYCAKg06UkF3wIG5eb"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":448,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"横长撇短","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/f4a9eccca0044620b11b5f523991bb88","width":455},"text":"","id":"doxcnoCqoaoAWSiwygX7i8qZfcg"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"上紧下松","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnSqw2WcgUCumGOoH8KFWykc"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":436,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"上紧下松","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/2097c29cc7f343f18b58b5a0f9ab58d5","width":458},"text":"","id":"doxcnguuo0EmsQwCkigj3MNVfVd"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"书写要点","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcniWqc0WmsCYO66jwoFaw9Rc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"行楷入门，以吴玉生行楷字为例。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcne0woEGSUEok6mAKll0Wozd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"常用字“大”字虽然笔画简单，但并不好写，眼睛一看就会，但是写出来总觉得姿态别扭。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnUwoYigA0CmWu4GOKZxS7ce"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"为了方便记忆，下面我把“大”字书写要点归结为“","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"3直1弯”","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnwEiWAeIcwIcaGw1xFuS4ah"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":353,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"书写要点","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/876ba8c6fd074988bc41cf4ea83ba723","width":387},"text":"","id":"doxcnOQAaoi8cceww2TpD8QAMPh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"①横画要直，用中横，要果断，粗壮有力，不宜带弧度；","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnIqcoYqwiKc46qISC4rZRJb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"②竖撇竖要直；","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn0cMguuoAS4s2e8B9vTvXSg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"③捺画前半段要直；","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnwccMCEOAw2QmqqAYK0ecvb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"④竖撇跨过横画之后，急转弯，弧度非常大。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn6UwO8YGwQkkQYHCzQuPzEd"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"毛笔行楷","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnMcyOiIIkuU4Ys3nvvw5ltg"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"姿势","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnSqWsWkm8Mcos22WA5RXMcb"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"坐姿","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnweQKAwmYysGGkpJFtdqGff"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"写毛笔字以坐姿为主。一则练二三寸大楷字无须站立，坐着写就行了；二则坐着省力又利于凝神聚气，注意力容易集中。主张写二三寸大楷模也要用立姿的主要原因是为了练习悬肘，其实坐着写也照样可以用悬肘法，关键是方法要正确。正确的坐姿应该是头正、身直、臂开、足安”","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"（见图下)。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnQsmC0yS6g0KioH2CKKX1kc"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":316,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"坐姿","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/b8f90774db5d4d27b5c317c3f4d10c90","width":183},"text":"","id":"doxcnMUIqIcW8U6mUuCNaOkLfKb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"头正：指书写时头要摆正，不可偏侧。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnGwIyoWWsSKKY6HqUTZr3Ud"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"身直：指身体要平正、坐直，两肩齐平，当然直立不是要昂首挺胸，而应该肩背放松，自然下沉，身子略向前倾，胸口与桌面保持一多的间隔，切忌弯腰驼背，甚至将下巴枕靠在左手背上。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnUQmGeaUok0sQKoC2NeAyrf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"臂开：指手臂要往前伸开些，同时两臂的肘关节也要向左右撑开，两边基本匀称。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnIUkCcyIGW2M0a97totsiob"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"足安：是指两只脚自然地平稳着地，两腿左右略微分开，其位置与肩宽基本相等，肌肉放松。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnscy4yIkwGW8iAj6LaigwQc"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"站姿","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcna6KeUwOwe2GqkvMkUcOkFx"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"站着写毛笔字身子可略往前倾，头部正直稍微有些下俯，左手掌按住桌面上的纸，右手近于伸直，执笔的姿势也要随着站立而改变，手享下覆，手背与手臂几乎成一平面。两脚分开站稳，双足之间的距离与肩宽大致相等。书写时用手腕、手臂的运动来完成；如果写特别大的字，甚至要用腰部的运动来书写，两脚可再分开些，使书写动作可大一些。执笔方法也应随之而变化。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnCu64QmqyuYO2K41JlLc1Ig"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":331,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"站姿","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/d28550bf862a493e824459b7793fd9e1","width":186},"text":"","id":"doxcniWeUKSAWsUG2553WzOlJbc"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"工具","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnGgmW4KSqiOiOeA8VDgLHWd"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"选笔","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnEOscEWGiYAWgSQsOg7czmf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"毛笔","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnECqooYMiO6a8W0MgL3dHbh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"不同阶段，不同水平，学习不同的书体，练习大小不同的字，对应的毛笔也是不同的。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnmqIyy08OMCM64Vtl5ltwVk"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"推荐实体店购买，而非网店购买。网店上的东西看不清摸不着，仅能通过几张图片来判断，这种判断方法很难看的真切，因此很多人发现上了当。而在实体店可以好好观察，也可以根据不同的价格的毛笔进行一个对比，从而择优购买，有问题也能在现场发现。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnOm8IqCu8a8gosPA8gU17ke"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"用笔最好还是选择品牌笔，价格虽是稍高点，但质量比较可靠，包括用料和工艺。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcne6wQIckyKWsqsbOvYrz7re"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":435,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"选笔","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/b8baa1a614b846cfa315e4cd84158b53","width":640},"text":"","id":"doxcn0EMG2gwIw8OAEjQropDhwc"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"范本","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnCgqsWYyy22SUK2a8UYu45c"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"平时多看名帖、看书法展、看名家挥毫。从好作品中汲取养分。","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"推荐的以下范本。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnACkmwiGiGQmK2l7v5n1Twc"},{"type":"imageList","children":[{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":417,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"范本","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/e90c123e83624f44a5152d672b503406","width":486},"text":"","id":"doxcnwSIS4KuouCSCYDK3iaHUrh"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":421,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"范本","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/acb87d789fb5421ca8a26ef295f08299","width":549},"text":"","id":"doxcnmWqO6MQyiGEWE1JMpFzLHg"}],"text":"","id":"doxcnuuOSWAgoCMc2cHlminRivq"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"书写原则","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnuuOSWAgoCMc2cHlminRivq"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、线条坚而浑——激情原自线条的熟练。线是力和势的组合，行笔要沉着痛快，做到稳健、轻便，重笔势(即趋向)，根据字形大小排字的走向，线条斜势，整体纵向走势。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnO6E8OGyUuysmeSrHW1el2e"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、结体奇而稳——注意重心。欹侧、擒纵、疏密、高低。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnqU60cKSUu4kY6oGrQEETjf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、章法变而贯——竹节式(几个字一节)节数间有空隙;贯珠式(中心线);蛇行式(左右摆动);疏影式(疏疏朗朗)。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn2qGy0GkOAoO4u4fJ8SlSmh"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"布局要点","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn0C8AumEsAMuqScsKS82lCg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、一字不能成行。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnOc0ksWyuU2Y4ATMXFv7pKh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、字与字之间有呼应，上承下启，左映右带，行距和字距不能相等。书眼放中央，可大些，字与周边气贯。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnGasoYq4GKYGsecACmzowgd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、整体上展出适合墨迹浓重的作品。挂家中适合疏淡的作品。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn0cyk6G2kM2Mc8JWNqfN43f"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"4、作品中不能有错别字，异体字不过于冷僻。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnS8YkomM2yCWCgfldKKZbdc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"5、作品整体布局上面重下面轻。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnAeuAikQYIUcU6AMYaLjiMg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"6、评作品好坏主要看总体视觉效果：节奏、墨色、用笔。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnQAaMeOU4oIII3teYgTEPkb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"7、三三两两，似散还续，气脉一贯，此布局之妙也。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn4iqiYKKmE0moI7XxDzVdXq"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":360,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"布局要点","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/e5dcacce4cad4010ad94c4bf926d1548","width":360},"text":"","id":"doxcns2q6MuQS2OYkUFUYR1XDYd"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"书写技巧","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnqAKwy8akk2GOlNevr7eyNe"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"行楷的连带","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnG0o6uA0YYe8CuWrldoHTie"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"笔画连带是行楷书的核心，唯有连带，方能提高书写速度。除了一般上下笔划之间的连带之外，还有一些特殊的连带。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcno8SYyoAsoSocOZIZBKiU7L"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、改变笔顺。如分、交、布、必、巨、王等字，笔顺改变后，连带顺畅，书写便利。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcncsCykwUwgQyCkXIu4UVJFc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、笔画合并。如页、吊、此、高、非等字，笔画合并后，两笔并作一笔，使得上下连贯。 3、笔画省略。如即、动、蜂、龄、它等字的点、小竖、短撇等次要笔画，为了不妨碍连笔，就省略掉了，虽然省略了，但是仍易于辨认。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnOYy6OeoucYkqYfm5oVPIeg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"4、笔画替代。如风、喜、基、具、常、王、能、可等字，这写字大都采取了描摹轮廓的方式来写，用象形笔法勾勒出来，由于约定俗成，已被大家所接受。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcniYscSugg4ga4kJKzB7wtCb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"要练好行楷，关键要仔细观察字的行笔路线，注意上下衔接，突出主要笔画，减少对笔画的修饰，尽量一气呵成，使字浑然一体。由于书写点画简略，随意自然，行楷给人们以轻松愉快的感觉。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnGCQCeMou2CkAyyiNa3Bstg"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"书写特点","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnE4o0MYkUE0UmWeKpQb4cxg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"行楷的书写特点是连、变、省，其笔画比正楷字的笔画自由，用笔方法也有许多变化。下面我们逐一介绍行楷的基本笔画。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcng2aqCSqMucQ6GriKynPoIc"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"行楷的点画","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnA0C64w46QSqsstlt7yH0yg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"行楷画卷头尖、腹平、背圆、尾满，前后顾盼。点画都与字的中心呼应。下面是行楷字点画的主要写法：","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnGIEQKUwOsoeM8sP960iQHb"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":571,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"行楷的点画","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/c7cd854fd45e4de899fe8863de596e9b","width":450},"text":"","id":"doxcncYgsUyM4sSS66mhva0NHhB"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"行楷的横画","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnKYyC4eEYoIkKPxkgIr9ixK"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"行楷字横画多数带钩，与前后笔画呼应或者连接，有长短、精细、俯仰等变化，如果数横并列，要有长短参差，笔势也要有区别。横画在字中往往起平衡作用，因此书写时要注意长短、角度和曲弧。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcngaCsoG2GAoQwukjtCX0n69"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":355,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"行楷的横画","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/f5deb7f3e889460583b771ccb2bd1748","width":537},"text":"","id":"doxcn8UuYcU88As6k4KiNBFM5Pc"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"行楷的竖画","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnUQ8Kmyc4S0G0qOuxQZlEme"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"行楷字写竖画不宜太直硬，要适当取斜势或弯曲，收笔有悬针，有垂露，有带钩，有弯弧，但必须把力用到笔端，切忌软散。字中的长竖作适当夸张。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnIsACQSQmYUmE8jtVztVsRf"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":592,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"行楷的竖画","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/4ebe6c6e082e402290371396cd7a13d5","width":590},"text":"","id":"doxcnuE8UyyK64ME6moE7zHbUlf"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"行楷的撇画","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnyCeWYWmogs4Kqgp8hCMKvd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"行楷字的撇有多种姿态，要注意长短、曲直的变化，书写时常常回锋，做到伸缩有度，与捺相配时要有变化，不能呆板。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnI6SMqOyMs8SMGqegxzJXld"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":545,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"行楷的撇画","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/44e54987821142888f501960daa7e3b5","width":640},"text":"","id":"doxcnwKQKEG66I4qI0Ia4oXvH3c"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"行楷的捺画","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnmcaosE8KQAIwmEE9pflz0g"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"捺多用在字的右部或者右下角的末笔，有时写成反捺或长点出锋，但要注意带曲，回锋的方向要有变化。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnqQMqOIEkuOiUeKfhqJ8rVT"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":659,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"行楷的捺画","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/631e14ee1c724642961a834cbfc47eba","width":640},"text":"","id":"doxcnUOe46mkCgIoICQmdDa8Rrc"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"行楷的提画","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn2CUkIkSq6YUaYdnIpKqHwd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"提又称挑，常在左右结构字左旁的末笔，与右半边联系。写提笔要快而有劲 ","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn4MK8QuaAOYm40WLzS0TJie"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":439,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"行楷的提画","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/1ba0891e62d549ff937195b34bf9e80f","width":640},"text":"","id":"doxcncCkuYouk6ssmsT06ZDxoSc"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"行楷的折画","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcno8eOy0ks4EQqIljp7jUr0d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"行楷字的折画有圆有方，圆转多于方折，圆度要润，方折要顿。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnGmy4CU0MgcoSUVQHAqYB2g"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":423,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"行楷的折画","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/8711dc90e7e642dd95cf0e67a20bae36","width":640},"text":"","id":"doxcnWY2wyEWWQkKQMztqVyBQch"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"行楷的钩画","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnMwMi8eu2s8S06UT3SKzm9F"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"行楷字的钩画多变并适度夸张。有些字本来没有钩，可以加钩起连带作用，但要生动求变，饱满有劲，切忌软弱、尖细。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnwswImyS0Oae46NA7C35mlb"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":779,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"行楷的折画","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/776ce9e7ba5b460383868d7eb282e824","width":640},"text":"","id":"doxcnG4Wy24uac42aYRHOKhrDEf"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"书写关键","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn6o86MmeMUcmkkHLBcIqxCc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"八面出锋","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcngoI2owY4EG8qINNFHuTY6f"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"借助于八面出锋，自然显出墨色浓淡，湿中有干，干中有湿，浓中有淡，淡中有浓，变化千万，使作品富有节奏感。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnMi6CSowM8wIuYzm00qxlDh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"刚柔相济","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnCKG0SSqAMiiUG2RJNSagMo"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"刚力—","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"铁划银钩(粗)：柔力—","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"行云流水(细)。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnS0AyiWK04co8UJir8F7Tkc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"惜墨如金","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnU22cm6iiwWIUgtSXfFRqed"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"要求蘸一次墨写一个字，甚至数字。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnaSwgo86II24yiOONHJDHNh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"豁然开朗","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnmygKyu8gAiQ6OplD7osqVp"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"留白处有宽有窄，宽处给人以忽然开朗之感。艺术是制造矛盾，到解决矛盾的过程。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnQG04OK2ke0U0gN2BO9SEhf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"中侧并用","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnEsOk8Kq6uaoieE67PtMfad"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"中锋得法立骨，侧锋得势求变。中锋是理性的要求，是书法审美的","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"核心所在；","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"侧锋是情性的化身，是书法通神的手段。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnGYscu8skYuWMnl6PLQWXcM"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"深思熟虑","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcngQI8EcImyUakEyabawOXpb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"创作前要深思熟虑，反复推敲，做到“胸有成竹”。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnQ4mKQIMo68siohfwOjuh5a"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"一气呵成","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcncmGoe46o6aOGYrkbQGiTJb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"书法是感情的流露，不是技巧的表现，要在身体与心情皆好的状态下写字。书写时随意挥洒，一气呵成。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnA4SeYSQgyyEc2B0GHS46Le"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"错落有致","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnO0yIwmIsgGwYGEvjjQ0Bxh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"一般情况下，作品的行距要宽，字距要紧。字忌并列，要错开。节数间有空隙，排列组合要有节奏，大小字参差，突出中间书眼。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnIgs6IawSuwA8e6o12XYVkg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"笔情墨趣","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnOoi2iO4OCGWGwHrtxBjXhb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"书法是无声的音乐，无形的舞蹈。求变化中有呼应，使整体和谐，有强烈的节奏和视觉冲击力。用好拙笔，用笔略慢，动中有静，写出墨趣。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnaAGSyYusYGaA0YK4jiARyf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"重视贯气","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcngUwWOeuwYI0wOoZ4Dee31c"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"书法的气，是指点划与不同字之间的呼应，字与字之间的趋向。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnaAAmUk0uIGQYmKljTaPVSd"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"书写方法","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnwm44O4Q6GY8CuarhxCvxeg"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"读帖","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnMKmOesQEoQmUUPRMutQo4c"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"要练眼，即认真读帖。读帖是基础，要仔细观察字在方格中的高低位置、笔画的连贯映带、疏密和长短等，眼高是手高的前提，对字形要善于观察、分析和比较，大致相同的字合成一类，举一反三，达到事半功倍的效果。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnmUisQUE2w4M8VEjN2dz4D6"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"练脑","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnYyqqQ0SUumUUuinEBUVCsf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"要练脑或说练心。在细心观察的基础上，要把示范字牢牢地记在心里，只有把字形象记英语单词、背数学公式那样烂熟于心，深深地刻在大脑里，才能熟练运用。无论何时，一旦提到这个字，马上就能想出这个字在字帖上的形状，做到胸有成帖，脑有成字。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnyU28iuMaKMEUs12rquz09b"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"练手","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcns6Oi8EeSe8qkkNRUT9nOQc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"练眼和练脑是为了搞清字该怎样写，心中能想出字的最好效果，手下却不一定能写出来，因为脑不一定能指挥得了手，手不一定能指挥得了笔。练手就是要达到心手一致、手笔一致的境界，所以练手也是至关重要的。练手主要是练指力、练腕力、练手感。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnOcskIEmeugIo2l4FqNoh6J"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"练结构","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnISwyugGwWSIkEPvx6PS7Ud"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"要写好行楷，结构的练习重于笔画的练习。字的结构是指字的笔画的长短比例及笔画间的穿插避让关系。要掌握汉字的结构，大家可以写写黑体字，通过这种字体把结构进行校正，然后加以变化，写其他的字体也就容易一些。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnoScscSKaGWEK47RWMAFSAf"}]%3C%2Fhowto_content%3E

4、如何学素描？

素描是一切绘画的基础，这是研究绘画艺术所必须经过的一个阶段。狭义上专指用于学习美术技巧、探索造型规律、培养专业习惯的绘画训练过程。

如何选择工具

素描是一种正式的艺术创作，以单色线条来表现直观世界中的事物，不同的笔触营造出不同的线条及横切关系和节奏、主动与被动的周围环境、平面、体积、色调、及质感。不同的作品则需要不同的工具语言来表述，才能更加体现画面的效果，作品才能成功。

干笔适宜作清晰的线条，水笔宜于表现平面;精美的笔触可用毛笔挥洒，而广阔的田野则可用铅笔或粉笔去勾勒。炭笔是两者都可兼用的。对工具的理解是完成好一幅作品的首要条件。

笔

铅笔

美术铅笔的铅芯有不同等级的软硬区别，硬的以"H"为代表，如：1H、2H、3H、4H等，前边数字越大，硬度越强，即色度越淡；软的以"B"为代表，如：1B、2B、3B、4B、5B、6B等，数字越大软度越强，色度越黑;学生用铅笔一般是HB形，软硬适中。对于初学绘画的可从HB到4B中选择三种类型就可以了。

推荐

辉柏嘉、施德楼、三菱、中华、马可、凯兰帝、老人头、得韵、马利、马培德

炭笔

炭笔的用法和铅笔相似，炭笔的色泽深黑，有较强的表现能力，是画素描的理想工具，用于画人物肖像尤佳，但画重了很难擦掉。

推荐

1、马利、MARCO/马可、库尔贝、高尔乐、中华、奥文、得韵Derwent、老人头、卢浮宫、德福龙

木炭条

木炭条是用树枝烧制而成，色泽较黑，质地松散，附着力较差，画完成后需喷固定液，否则极易掉色破坏效果。

推荐

米娅（MIYA）、马利（Marie's）、蒙玛特（Mont Marte）、青竹画材（CHINJOO）、尼奥尼（NYONI）、海特（Hite）、高尔乐（Kuelox）、卫庄、老人头（lotory）、睿识

炭精棒

炭精棒常见的有黑色和赭石色两种，质地较木炭条硬，附着力较强，可用可不用固定液。

推荐

海特索斯

纸

画素描通常在专用的素描纸上进行，选用素描纸时要注意纸质坚实、平整、耐磨、纹理细腻、不毛不皱、易于修改，如素描纸、铅画纸。太粗、太薄、太光滑的纸都不适合铅笔画素描。初学者使用的纸张大小以8开或4开为宜，16开大小的铜版纸和复印纸，则适合用钢笔、圆珠笔画素描。

素描纸的表面有明显的纹理，这样铅笔上色才会比较容易，另外，背面的纹理也不一样，背面的纹理要比正面纹理弱，所以应该在纸张的正面绘画。

辅助工具

画架

用来放置素描纸的架子。

画夹

宽边的大铁夹可用在画板上固定纸张。

胶带

胶带也是不错的固定纸张的工具，因为胶带宽度均匀，画完后将胶带去除会留下一条好看的白边

宽笔刷

用起来超级方便的清扫工具，画面上的橡皮屑较多的时候，用它清除就不会弄花画了。

铅笔延长器

铅笔用短了之后都会很苦恼，用的时候不方便，扔了又觉得可惜。将笔的一头放入延长器中，画笔瞬间就变长了。是非常不错的节省工具。

绘画常识

想要学素描，必须要了解一些知识，具体的如下几个方面：

一点透视

最常用到的就是一点透视，因为一点透视只有一个消失点（灭点）所以也叫：平行透视。

凡大小相等的物体愈远，其形愈小，以至于最后消失于一点，这点称为消失点。根据消失点的不同位置，能观察到的面也不同。当消失点在物体外侧时，可看到2个面，在物体上方时能看到3个面，在物体内侧时只能看到一个，如果物体正面是空的，则看到的是物体的内部结构。

不论画什么物体都可以归纳、概括在一个立方体或者多个立方体中，只要有一个面是与画面平行的，就可以利用一点透视（平行透视）来作画。一点透视合适画小的物体，透视变化不大，但是画的时候一定要体现出来。

站在宽广的平地上向前看，远方天地的交界线，称为地平线，地平线是处理透视图形的重要依据。平视时地平线和视平线重合，地平线就是视平线；俯视时，地平线在视平线的上方。

位置在画者右方的景物，看见它的左侧。位置在画者左方的景物，看见它的右侧。

凡在视平线以上的景物，愈远在画纸上的位置愈低。视平线以下的景物，愈远在画纸上的位置愈高。

有了以上这些绘画透视知识如果掌握并且运用到绘画中就不会在画中犯常识性的错误，而且构图会合理，符合视觉欣赏的美感。

两点透视

物体有一组垂直线与画面平行，其他两组线均与画面成一定角度，而每组有一个消失点，共有两个消失点，称为两点透视。

两点透视（成交透视）

两点透视图画面效果比较自由、活泼，能比较真实地反映空间，可以反映建筑物的正侧两面，容易表现出体积感。另外，两点透视加上较强的明暗对比，物体体感会更强。

认识明暗

明暗产生的原因：有光源(不论是自然光源、人工光源)照射，才会产生明暗；光源直射处（向光）是明亮部，照射不到之处（背光）是黑暗部，反射光所形成的是中间灰色部分。没有光，我们的眼睛将看不到任何东西。

利用铅笔表现明暗的方法:

铅笔直立地以尖端来画时，画出来的线较明了而坚实；铅笔斜侧起来以尖端的腹部来画时，笔触及线条都比较模糊而柔弱，笔触的方向要整理才不致混乱。

铅笔画使用橡皮擦注意事项:

初学画一笔不满意时，就马上用橡皮擦去了，第二次画得不对时又再擦去，这是最不好的习惯。一则容易伤害画纸使纸张留下疤痕，再则画时就越画越无把握了，所以应极力避免。

当第一笔画不对时，尽可再画上第二笔，如此画时就有一个标准，容易改正，等浓淡明暗一切都画好之后，再把不用之处的铅笔线，用橡皮轻轻擦去，这样整幅画面就清楚可爱多了。

画面上的线痕通常到最后都会被暗的部份遮没了，把露出的部份擦去较为省力。同时不用的线痕，往往无形中成为主体的衬托物，所以不擦去无害于画面，有时反而收到无形的效果，这是我们不可不注意的地方。

空间感

在绘画中依照几何透视和空间透视的原理，描绘出物体之间的远近、层次、穿插等关系，使之在平面的绘画上传达出有深度的立体的空间感觉。

前面的物体不要画到后面去了也不要把后面的物体画到前面了，合理的安排他们的位置。让整个画面有一个前大后小，前实后虚。上实下虛的空间效果。总之就是画面的层次感明确。

入门

画素描之前要充分做好各种线条的练习，还要做线条的由浅入深、由深到浅的成组练习。经过构图、轮廓、大形深入刻画到整体调整等不同的作画环节，这个作画的过程体现从整体到局部到整体的观察过程。如果没有这种正确的作画程序，就不能保证画面的准确、深入与完整。

素描步骤

画前要观察研究物体的基本形状，看它的受光方向，结构造型，形成的立体效果，然后用直线勾出它的大体轮廓，再依照光源，确定物体的受光（淡面）、侧光（灰面）、遮光（深面）三大部分。最后在这些面与面之间加上衔接的层次，使它自然、圆润起来，直到表现出质感为止。 素描画好后要对描绘的物体进行统筹和完善加工。

https://www.bilibili.com/video/BV1mE41167Vm/?p=1&vd_source=6b26da26630111503906a454dabeb61d这个视频讲的是受光的技巧，比较浅显易懂，有助于进一步理解。

构图

构图是每一个学习绘画的人所必须要掌握的一项基本能力，从美得感受出发，让观赏者感受到美、舒服。各部份的一种配置法，依照经过设计的格式，一致的比例，或重复的体系去安排。一般情况下在绘画中构图讲究天小地大、左右均衡；各物体大小适中，整体完整，不可过小，亦不可过大。

五种方法

1、三角形构图，素描静物中最常用到的。

三角形构图是最常见的和最稳定的构图形式，静物分成三组放在三个顶点上。此类构图画面稳定、主体突出、层次明确、错落有致，适合静物数量较少的组合。

三角形的三条边是由不同方向的直线合拢而成，而不同的线条组成不同形式的三角形，产生不同的趋势和变化。如果你坐在静物正面中间位置，可能会更多采用三角形构图。

2、C形构图

“C”形构图，画面动感程度优于其他形式的构图。

这种构图方式使画面具有流动性，更容易表现较大空问的静物组合。“C”形有三个点，主体物往往在中间点的位置.前面的点往往是第一次要物体的摆放位置，最后面的点帮助你加强画而空间层次的推移。

3、S形构图

"S”具有曲线的优点，优美而富有活力和韵味，所以“S“形构图给人一种美的享受，而且画面显得生动、活泼。读者的视线随着"S”形向纵深移动，可有力地表现其场景的空间感和深度感。在 "S”形构图中，通常会缩短 "S”的上部，拉长 "S”的下部，以形成“上紧下松”的构图关系。

4、圆形构图

圆形构图就是让静物在画面中围成一个圆圈。圆形构图在视觉上给人以旋转、运动和收缩的审美效果。

当圆形被拉长时，就会变成椭圆形。椭圆形构图大都采用宽大于高的横幅形式，它不仅有静态效果，也会产生动态效果，同时还具有较为明显的整体感。

5、水平式构图

水平式构图的物体不能放在画面正中，应当处于一个偏上或者偏下的位置。水平式构图纵向上的空间层次较少，为了让画面丰富，各个物体要在形状、大小、高矮颜色等因素上形成对比，使画面安定、平和，可以增强画面的稳定感。同时还要安排好位置，形成前后的空间层次。

文字讲解不能很直观地展现，可配合视频讲解，进一步理解怎么构图https://www.bilibili.com/video/BV14x411R75w/?spm_id_from=333.337.search-card.all.click&vd_source=6b26da26630111503906a454dabeb61d

轮廓

素描轮廓线是指物体外部和内部形状对线条，描述前进或后退的形状之变化方面的一条断续线或连续线。也指物体对形，没有轮廓线就没有"形” 。

一般来说轮廓包括外轮廓和内轮廓，两者相互依存，就是说外轮廓画错了，内轮廓也必然跟着错，内轮廓错了也会影响外轮廓的准确。在实践中存在的问题是容易把二者分开来观察，分开来画，分开来检查，必须两者结合起来观察并结合起来画才对。要知道轮廓绝非指简单的物体的外框，要内外兼顾方可画准。

轮廓就是形状，画画的第一步是画形状。形状图对了，就顺利了。越画越难受。勾勒轮廓的暗部可以简单处理，勾勒轮廓的同时可以详细画明面。由于形状的透视变化，尤其是轮廓，一分钟宽度等于几英寸宽度，因为边缘是立体形状。当一个同样宽度的面转向后方时，面的长度会越来越窄，直至消失。

如果外轮廓和内轮廓的基本比例和位置不正确，包含所有细节的形状也会是错误的。所以大纲的确定要严格、严格、细致。 严谨谨慎不是要求你谨小慎微，而是要求你胆大心细。只有大胆细致的书写，勾勒出轮廓，才能知道这幅画的对错。我们要敢于肯定，也要敢于否定和纠正错误。

要想画出正确的轮廓，必须对物体的形象有正确的认识和观察。观察轮廓也是专业训练不可缺少的阶段。一种不仔细观察研究对象，就无法在反复修正的过程中提高识别能力，也无法培养敏锐的视力，理解简单形式的复杂性。

进一步学习可以观看视频讲解，可巩固一些知识点https://www.bilibili.com/video/BV1MT4y1R7ZT/?spm_id_from=333.337.search-card.all.click&vd_source=6b26da26630111503906a454dabeb61d

排线

排线是素描最基本的语言元素，在素描中丰富的色调变化是经过许多次的线条叠加而形成的，这其中线条的走向与角度尤其需要注意。画好素描排线就要有一个正确的握笔姿势。

正确的握笔姿势，可以分为两种：持棒式和握笔式

持棒式：

用拇指、食指和中指，三指拿笔与手掌下，如上图，中指起到辅助作用。用拇指左右摆动，在画面形成规则的接近平行的一排线。在用持棒式方法的时候，笔和画面大约在35度角左右就差不多，手和手腕不要接触画面，如果难掌握，可以用小指做支撑点，也可以用手腕自然的上下画出线条。

握笔式：

这种方法就是平时的写字姿势，如上图，这种的握笔方法可以用在面积小的暗面，或者在单体塑造的时候，这种方法用的很多，不像持棒式是在面积大，握笔式很容易掌握，就像写字一样画线条。

若干组排线最好不要沿同一方向展开，因为沿同一方向或缺乏方向变化的十字形(夹直角)都将导致画面出现板滞和类似平涂的光赋效果。

用一组组的线排开，颜色深浅不同，表现出明暗关系。当我们画苹果时，在背光处铺出一组调子，就是画的暗面。

线只是用来表现明暗变化，以此来塑造物体体积，表现空间的一种手段。无论怎么排线，只要画出效果就可以，不拘泥于各种形式。各种线的画法会产生不同的效果，所以在画不同的画时我们可以用不同的排线方法。

苹果的画法视频已经讲了很多，感兴趣可以看看https://www.bilibili.com/video/BV1ct411Q7RE/?spm_id_from=333.337.search-card.all.click&vd_source=6b26da26630111503906a454dabeb61d

控制明暗的逐渐变化以创造实体形式的错觉效果，使物体有三度空间的特质。在深面与灰面上先铺上一片均匀的线条，使受光面暂时空出，这样就是用大块大面来表现物体，然后将各个块面中细部，也同样依照受光、侧光、遮光分成小块、小面来处理。还要注意小块、小面的明暗，使它们服从大面的统一调子，而大面又必须服从于整体。https://www.bilibili.com/video/BV1Zh41147Dk/?spm_id_from=333.337.search-card.all.click&vd_source=6b26da26630111503906a454dabeb61d这个视频讲的是五种线条的画法，实践与理论相结合。

深度学习

速写

速写一般不拘泥于局部的形似，而常以形写神，表达方式简练，对专业创作、设计草图和快速表现都有积极的意义。速写的高度提炼与时间较长、较深入地练习是相辅相成互相促进的，速写画得多，在复杂的素描写生开始阶段也会更快地把握构图和造型。

以素描作画相对的时间为依据，短至数分钟长则半小时左右都可算是速写，因速写的基本特征是简练而快速地写生，因此是画者的第一印象。

对结构理解的深入扎实的素描基本功，在速写中也会体现出来。经常大量的速写训练，可以最有效地培养敏锐的观察力和艺术的概括能力，以及提高快速高效的表现技能。

速写是一种非常便捷的素描方式，其常见题材有风景速写、人物速写、动物速写等。

构图

构图的重要性，大家都知道，单个动作的构图比较简单，原则上宁上勿下。动作朝左，构图偏右即可。双人组合要注意两个动作的主次对比和相互谐调，首先比例要一致，站立的动作和坐着的动作一样高是不行的。场景组合难度较大，透视是最需要注意的，前大后小的原理一定牢记。

人物

人体躯干在衣服的包裹下，无论是厚衣服还是薄衣服，都是紧贴人体的躯干形体。

从衣领开始描绘，形体外轮廓与运动所产生的褶皱相结合刻画。注意海条线条的粗细、深浅、长短变化。

紧接上一步，调整画面的素描关系，可以上一些调子来拉开画面的关系，注意调子的轻重。

注意构图，比例，动态块的侧锋勾画出对象的大体形块。起形要概括，快速，不要在意那么多细节。

可以先把头部深入出来，然后再推出全身。但是要注意五官要画得精致准确，做到一气呵成，不然容易影响后面。

较常用的步骤：五官虚带，定出位置和大小，快速把整个人物画出，抓住大的框架形状和此较明显的穿插关系。先深入五官,手脚与其他最后深入。优点：即使画面随时停下也可以保持画面完整。不会有没有画完的感觉。难点：要整体观察把握，对于穿插比较理解。

坐姿一般选在正侧和四分之三角度比较容易表现，要注意人物的整体动态走势与整个人的比例关系，不要把上短和把腿画的过长。

快速勾出整个人的框架形（如头、胸腔、胯部、四肢，手脚）要肯定整体，可以略带穿插关系，不需要画多。时刻整体地去观察，不能陷入局部。

完善细节：画出头手脚具体形象,并增加灰层次，同时调整衣纹关系，加入裁剪线等装饰。

深入画面：用侧锋带出灰面，增加胸腔，盆腔,四肢的体积感。调整画面主次关系,注意前后胳膊,腿的强弱关系。

默写

默写是脱离了写生对象，完全凭着自己的记忆和理解来把握画面的，在素描的学习中适当地配合默写训练，有助于增强视觉形象的记忆能力，同时又可以训练对画面图形的创造性思维和表现能力，有利于加深写生中对素描知识的理解。其实默写和速写也有着密切的关系，在速写中不可能看一眼画一笔，很多是靠对写生对象的理解和记忆来完成的。

掌握头部解剖

在没有模特或具体的作画对象时，画者只能通过记忆或平时头像写生的经验来完成对头像的默写。内外部形体结构的把握能力，以及对素描技法的合理运用和表现能力。在平时的训练中要着重理解头部骨骼的构造、熟悉头骨各部位的名称及正确位置，做到没有参照对象也熊熟练正确地画出头部各部位的位實及解剖关系。

头像写生训练

平时要积累大量的人物头像写生的作画经验，在人物头像写生训练中，要有针对性地选择写生对象。如选择考试中经常出现的男青年或女青年模特进行写生训练，也适当选择一些老年模特写生，有备无患。

临摹加强记忆

临摹是学习头像写生的最好办法，也是提高素描头像造型能力的有效途径之一。通过临摹，学习他人的经验和技法，真切地体会画者的感受和意图，领会作品的精神所在。这样既节省时间又事半功倍。临摹还能提高眼睛的准确观察力及眼与手的配合能力。

静物作画技巧

素描所表达的是形体与空间不外乎黑、白、灰三字，一幅素描起码应该具备三个方面的成功：一是形体结构准确，二是黑、白、灰大层次分明，三是中心焦点突出。

中心焦点是有视觉习惯形成的，所谓焦点，在客观上应该是在结构中最有特征、又最能展示形体与空间部位的。常位于画幅前景接近中心的部位，是中心也是重心。画素描就应有点偏心，如果平均用力不仅破坏了整体感，也违背了视觉的真实。

轮廓线（包括一些局部轮廓线）只是物体的某些面在转移时被缩小了形象，用轮廓线来认识世界不应是初习素描者的课题，而先要学习用立体的观念来研究世界。

这条线的表现力是不容忽视的，因为物体表面有丰富的起伏向纵深转折时又与空间组成各种关系，它时浓时淡，宽窄虚实，变化无穷，不单单只是一条“线”。

第一是结构，第二才是光，黑白则是它的附属物。大家要学会借助黑白来认识形体结构，但有时黑白也会歪曲形体结构的原来面貌。

画素描就是找区别，大区别就是“大关系”，凡是大关系都具有整体性的分量，它容纳并制约着所有局部，因而它是最重要的。小区别就是“小关系”，就是指处于同一色调中的轻微差异。相对于整体来说，它们只能被称之为“局部”。它们以一定的比例或层次关系组织起来并充实着整体。

没有局部，“整体”便是空的，而如果没有整体的制约，“局部”就成为散乱无序，所以它们是相辅相成辨证统一的。

结构的透视变形色调的黑白相称，对边线的虚实处理，三者共同担负着表现空间与体积的任务。

线和线条技法

素描的要素是线，但是线在实质上却是不存在的，它只代表物体、颜色和平面的边界，用来作为物体的幻觉表现。直到近代，线才被人们认为是形式的自发要素，并且独立于被描绘的物体之外。用线条来组成物体的形象，并且描绘于平面之上，藉由线条形式引起观者的联想。

例如两条线相交所构成的角形，可以被认为是某平面的边界；另外加上第三条线可以在画面上造成立体感。弧形的线条可以象征拱顶，交会聚集的线条可表现深度。人们可以从线条的变化当中，得到可以领会的形象。

用线条区分立体与平面，至于色彩明暗是为了加强和厘清整体与部分的关系。运用线条的开始，消失和中断来画出边界，并且形成平面，也可使色彩至边界而上。

线条的粗细能表现物体的变化，甚至光和影也可用线条的笔触变化表现出来，还需要平面技法的辅助。平面技法在使用炭粉笔时，在明暗对照上可用擦笔法。素描也可用多色画笔作为基本材料，用来加强素描效果以及素描的艺术性。

素描的要素是线，但是线在实质上却是不存在的，它只代表物体、颜色和平面的边界，用来作为物体的幻觉表现。直到近代，线才被人们认为是形式的自发要素，并且独立于被描绘的物体之外。

透过线条手段，单纯的轮廓勾勒可以发展成精致的素描，这个视频讲的比较清楚https://haokan.baidu.com/v?pd=wisenatural&vid=2187580955371434233

用线条来组成物体的形象

两条线相交所构成的角形，可以被认为是某平面的边界；另外加上第三条线可以在画面上造成立体感。弧形的线条可以象征拱顶，交会聚集的线条可表现深度。透过线条的手段，单纯的轮廓勾勒可以发展成精致的素描。

用线条区分立体与平面

在素描中可以用线条区分立体与平面，至于色彩明暗是为了加强和分清整体与部分的关系。运用线条的开始，消失和中断来画出边界，并且形成平面，也可使色彩至边界而上。线条的粗细能表现物体的变化，甚至光和影也可用线条的笔触变化表现出来。

平面技法的辅助

素描的线条技法还需要平面技法的辅助。平面技法在使用炭粉笔时，在明暗对照上可用擦笔法。

毛笔画法的使用

更重要的是使用毛笔画法，因为毛笔能发挥笔触的宽度和笔调的强度并且能增加空间感和立体感。

艺术性的加强

素描也可用多色画笔作为基本材料，用来加强素描效果以及素描的艺术性。

明暗

明暗交界线是素描中灰面与暗面的交界，虽然名字是明暗交界“线”，但是它是由“面”组成的，由于光线以及静物本身形体的变化，明暗交界线也会有非常丰富的变化。

有一些静物因为形体会有很多明暗交界线，所以我们找到这些明暗交界线之后统一暗部，然后这些明暗交界线的色调也要做一个区分，靠近光源的颜色稍微要亮一些。

结合视频讲解可以明白明暗的运用手法https://www.bilibili.com/video/BV14m4y1978u/?spm_id_from=333.337.search-card.all.click&vd_source=6b26da26630111503906a454dabeb61d

推荐书籍

《素描风暴》

《素描的诀窍》

《像艺术家一样思考》

《伯里曼人体结构绘画教学》

%3Chowto_content%3E[{"type":"paragraph","attrs":{"is_abstract":true},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"","id":""}],"text":"","id":"DO64dqUqQoWAYExw5DHcyJSwnWb"},{"type":"paragraph","attrs":{"is_abstract":true},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"素描是一切绘画的基础，这是研究绘画艺术所必须经过的一个阶段。狭义上专指用于学习美术技巧、探索造型规律、培养专业习惯的绘画训练过程。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"P2ukdY0mYocEigxuUmtcRzk0nSc"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"如何选择工具","id":""}],"text":"","id":"VSM4dS0OUoGqemxqtdccKUWTnhK"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"素描是一种正式的艺术创作，以单色线条来表现直观世界中的事物，不同的笔触营造出不同的线条及横切关系和节奏、主动与被动的周围环境、平面、体积、色调、及质感。不同的作品则需要不同的工具语言来表述，才能更加体现画面的效果，作品才能成功。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"PUWkd2uSSoQAqgxkraRc3HVFnph"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"干笔适宜作清晰的线条，水笔宜于表现平面;精美的笔触可用毛笔挥洒，而广阔的田野则可用铅笔或粉笔去勾勒。炭笔是两者都可兼用的。对工具的理解是完成好一幅作品的首要条件。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"JcQUdyUqgoE4SqxGSgrc1VxknEc"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"笔","id":""}],"text":"","id":"FWQUdMQmcoOwkKxS24acblIknGg"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"铅笔","id":""}],"text":"","id":"R4A4dI4o2oUMAMxg5SIc6bGrnjc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"美术铅笔的铅芯有不同等级的软硬区别，硬的以\"H\"为代表，如：1H、2H、3H、4H等，前边数字越大，硬度越强，即色度越淡；软的以\"B\"为代表，如：1B、2B、3B、4B、5B、6B等，数字越大软度越强，色度越黑;学生用铅笔一般是HB形，软硬适中。对于初学绘画的可从HB到4B中选择三种类型就可以了。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"SyMCdysCuoyqAmx8NuQcNvC1nsh"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":571,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"铅笔","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/45ceb670a83d425eb06c70b864068d93","width":508},"text":"","id":"F2UCds0yGoWiAYxqYjKc5my4njh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"推荐","id":""}],"text":"","id":"GcIIdUseGo64iIxWUBQcAjB3n5e"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"辉柏嘉、施德楼、三菱、中华、马可、凯兰帝、老人头、得韵、马利、马培德 ","id":""}],"text":"","id":"R4QSdICi8oW0qyxakA3c9bP0nTz"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"炭笔","id":""}],"text":"","id":"VOmAdMeyqoSaUOxCiDPcmvhnnFe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"炭笔的用法和铅笔相似，炭笔的色泽深黑，有较强的表现能力，是画素描的理想工具，用于画人物肖像尤佳，但画重了很难擦掉。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"K8ASdGOKCogUCCxmuNkcw2awndf"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":503,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"炭笔","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/c7202dacf00949dc97cb07dbc3a45af9","width":727},"text":"","id":"IsU2do068oMwysxSG7ecTnVxn3b"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"推荐","id":""}],"text":"","id":"J8yGdOMMQouWEaxWycFc3URVn9g"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、马利、MARCO/马可、库尔贝、高尔乐、中华、奥文、得韵Derwent、老人头、卢浮宫、德福龙","id":""}],"text":"","id":"G88SdCG82oYqIIxgrdMcFUmsnXd"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"木炭条","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Tm8QdGwQCoqIMsxgFORc8hounbg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"木炭条是用树枝烧制而成，色泽较黑，质地松散，附着力较差，画完成后需喷固定液，否则极易掉色破坏效果。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"VKIIdY08coG6MgxWemVcQFzlnTc"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":300,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"木炭条","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/9e7034def7b14d64b4ff2cb420ec0930","width":456},"text":"","id":"R0kGdEg8SoGsYUx6j44cXVVJnge"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"推荐","id":""}],"text":"","id":"DweEdcCCao82cQxeA8ycDrcunoh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"米娅（MIYA）、马利（Marie's）、蒙玛特（Mont Marte）、青竹画材（CHINJOO）、尼奥尼（NYONI）、海特（Hite）、高尔乐（Kuelox）、卫庄、老人头（lotory）、睿识","id":""}],"text":"","id":"BeYsd44eYoqm2ixCWLkckt7Hnjh"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"炭精棒","id":""}],"text":"","id":"FsCWdWWE8oceKCxa2VWc8GFCnud"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"炭精棒常见的有黑色和赭石色两种，质地较木炭条硬，附着力较强，可用可不用固定液。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"VScSd4CCuoQaIkxPWdpcnF3xngv"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":519,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"炭精棒","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/94651b89ef034352a732711bb9a7e66b","width":493},"text":"","id":"S864dSwMWoWiiwxGULncMzBEnRh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"推荐","id":""}],"text":"","id":"RIa6dU0o2o0W2AxEnhscQYSbn1e"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"海特索斯","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Pcq2dC0C2o4Y8IxqKoacHPHAnNh"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"纸","id":""}],"text":"","id":"KOIudGsuqoUMmSxMlYqcQJg2nJd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"画素描通常在专用的素描纸上进行，选用素描纸时要注意纸质坚实、平整、耐磨、纹理细腻、不毛不皱、易于修改，如素描纸、铅画纸。太粗、太薄、太光滑的纸都不适合铅笔画素描。初学者使用的纸张大小以8开或4开为宜，16开大小的铜版纸和复印纸，则适合用钢笔、圆珠笔画素描。 ","id":""}],"text":"","id":"AaIedcMCEoyGcexYdKPcBjkinMb"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":618,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"纸","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/5cdd242676eb49eab57e63ae38c633aa","width":756},"text":"","id":"HigAdcwK2oSKkix6OhVcFAsMn0g"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"素描纸的表面有明显的纹理，这样铅笔上色才会比较容易，另外，背面的纹理也不一样，背面的纹理要比正面纹理弱，所以应该在纸张的正面绘画。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"R6eKdI80GoymiyxmwuEcXO5BnYf"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"辅助工具","id":""}],"text":"","id":"BEGqd4megoGeiox6Z9Kci82UnWd"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"画架","id":""}],"text":"","id":"XKoKdQgokoI8muxu4tGcezJZnHh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"用来放置素描纸的架子。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"ZwkSdySC0oQm6CxWC6Ccf2BnnFg"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":494,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"画架","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/6ef98758bfe348df8d008f8fdaf7efaa","width":527},"text":"","id":"NO8idemqWoAYqUxfZnWcSPHMnd2"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"画夹","id":""}],"text":"","id":"BKwCduUqioMGuAxq86gc2sZTnxg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"宽边的大铁夹可用在画板上固定纸张。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"XIw8dUgUiogKeQxwl0tcsb5tnNd"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":306,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"画夹","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/26a1c9377b6c42df9629880fe2eaa784","width":431},"text":"","id":"Jmq4dWsYeoEWEcxKm1ac48fAn4b"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"胶带","id":""}],"text":"","id":"K0qsdUUa0ogwsIx4N5gclbMgnmh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"胶带也是不错的固定纸张的工具，因为胶带宽度均匀，画完后将胶带去除会留下一条好看的白边","id":""}],"text":"","id":"RYOYdy2aGoysC2xGSj0cL3TDnub"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":502,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"胶带","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/bdf8465d2fef4fa09339058e956d479b","width":640},"text":"","id":"RogqdQuaOo8CeCxoTzxc32W3nyd"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"宽笔刷","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Pi8SdKOSYomEEyxi8wZcY5dznyf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"用起来超级方便的清扫工具，画面上的橡皮屑较多的时候，用它清除就不会弄花画了。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"YYe2deOe4oW2ICxk5KPcDzaEnFe"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":177,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"宽笔刷","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/f14e067e832c4531a9b474ed49afbff0","width":422},"text":"","id":"CaY2dSW4ioO44ixOuo3cS4j6n3g"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"铅笔延长器","id":""}],"text":"","id":"NmcMdYU4eo4QaMxKgkCc9uJrnIe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"铅笔用短了之后都会很苦恼，用的时候不方便，扔了又觉得可惜。将笔的一头放入延长器中，画笔瞬间就变长了。是非常不错的节省工具。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"IsuAdkySEoU4kWx4ALQcdzTgnbe"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":558,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"铅笔延长器","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/e729a7fffe8449c4a5562b048af02ab2","width":580},"text":"","id":"VooUd0oiMo88Yux2frpcLqPbnUe"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"绘画常识","id":""}],"text":"","id":"TY26dSsayoC8O4x4LmWcOcJAnwh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"想要学素描，必须要了解一些知识，具体的如下","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"几个方面","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"：","id":""}],"text":"","id":"RyYmdaSGIogUAIx0KdLcW3ljnvc"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"一点透视","id":""}],"text":"","id":"GyCmdomq6oo4iYxiMrkcZrAznah"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"最常用到的就是一点透视，因为一点透视只有一个消失点（灭点）所以也叫：平行透视。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Ig8Cdu88KoYImexyYAJc4ASYnPb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"凡大小相等的物体愈远，其形愈小，以至于最后消失于一点，这点称为消失点。根据消失点的不同位置，能观察到的面也不同。当消失点在物体外侧时，可看到2个面，在物体上方时能看到3个面，在物体内侧时只能看到一个，如果物体正面是空的，则看到的是物体的内部结构。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Z8OOd68CKo4S8Kxes2dcjLtXn0c"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":243,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"一点透视","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/ae757ae854cb4e8395ceb24d81a519ff","width":640},"text":"","id":"JgwAdMcEQosG8axMNEGcXvSpn5b"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"不论画什么物体都可以归纳、概括在一个立方体或者多个立方体中，只要有一个面是与画面平行的，就可以利用一点透视（平行透视）来作画。一点透视合适画小的物体，透视变化不大，但是画的时候一定要体现出来。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"UiUgdy0W0o08g8xUDnVc3uAxnGc"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":322,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"一点透视","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/15e01a6d0261436baed631ea1cf279b5","width":550},"text":"","id":"EoOqdWCOcoMoYKxg2ductG8fndR"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"站在宽广的平地上向前看，远方天地的交界线，称为地平线，地平线是处理透视图形的重要依据。平视时地平线和视平线重合，地平线就是视平线；俯视时，地平线在视平线的上方。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"ZassdUYqaoyWkQxYfmQc3CsSn8e"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"位置在画者右方的景物，看见它的左侧。位置在画者左方的景物，看见它的右侧。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"DOkSdGs6go0qY6xodNRcbXPynOb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"凡在视平线以上的景物，愈远在画纸上的位置愈低。视平线以下的景物，愈远在画纸上的位置愈高。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"TaqedeiMKoC6Caxo15Dc2D2onqd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"有了以上这些绘画透视知识如果掌握并且运用到绘画中就不会在画中犯常识性的错误，而且构图会合理，符合视觉欣赏的美感。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"EeI2dWwW0o064oxkLWfcN5Gkngd"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":676,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"一点透视","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/3c7e1a9fc4fc4321808997786ce1e582","width":726},"text":"","id":"UAGSdOgoqoCKgCx2fhFcYVeenBd"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"两点透视","id":""}],"text":"","id":"LAuSdEIseoOK6Ixg3Agcedpwnoh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"物体有一组垂直线与画面平行，其他两组线均与画面成一定角度，而每组有一个消失点，共有两个消失点，称为两点透视。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"CSyud0gIyoUuO2xeYORcnWdznde"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"两点透视（成交透视）","id":""}],"text":"","id":"IWyAdyIoKocAyExQV7XcmMIxn8f"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":250,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"两点透视","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/d8df8580eb464ca882e696e2fb7b8c84","width":690},"text":"","id":"NkcCdyCGgoOwY8x0GH3cowiknqd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"","id":""}],"text":"","id":"ZQCOdUo22oIA0Sx4ee3c5Q2UnYb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"两点透视图画面效果比较自由、活泼，能比较真实地反映空间，可以反映建筑物的正侧两面，容易表现出体积感。另外，两点透视加上较强的明暗对比，物体体感会更强。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"KmQcdKmOyogEwexecwzcVw86n1f"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":358,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"两点透视","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/1710906bb838478a81867239fdac3212","width":500},"text":"","id":"M4Mkd48cQo6acoxWS0NcV29GnUf"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"认识明暗","id":""}],"text":"","id":"NQWcdgoaCouy68xW6pPcXPhmnVh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"明暗产生的原因：有光源(不论是自然光源、人工光源)照射，才会产生明暗；光源直射处（向光）是明亮部，照射不到之处（背光）是黑暗部，反射光所形成的是中间灰色部分。没有光，我们的眼睛将看不到任何东西。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"B8W0dUosOo0Iq2x0SCOcf1Xqntc"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":542,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"认识明暗","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/8675ebfaf5d14cfba70c5a9b6ee5d11a","width":418},"text":"","id":"DS0OdKwi4oug0CxWGugcKAlCnAe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"利用铅笔表现明暗的方法:","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Gse6dOiYuoEka6x2V6OcIhfynWc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"铅笔直立地以尖端来画时，画出来的线较明了而坚实；铅笔斜侧起来以尖端的腹部来画时，笔触及线条都比较模糊而柔弱，笔触的方向要整理才不致混乱。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"RQMuduWGAoA26qxWaSMcSblKnug"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"铅笔画使用橡皮擦注意事项:","id":""}],"text":"","id":"NeY0d2OwMoCK2Gx0CxVcluOonne"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"初学画一笔不满意时，就马上用橡皮擦去了，第二次画得不对时又再擦去，这是最不好的习惯。一则容易伤害画纸使纸张留下疤痕，再则画时就越画越无把握了，所以应极力避免。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"IW6ydaWeGomsoyx2VfccPFZKnBb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"当第一笔画不对时，尽可再画上第二笔，如此画时就有一个标准，容易改正，等浓淡明暗一切都画好之后，再把不用之处的铅笔线，用橡皮轻轻擦去，这样整幅画面就清楚可爱多了。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"AqUKd4usAouMuqx6joBcmQB1n6b"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"画面上的线痕通常到最后都会被暗的部份遮没了，把露出的部份擦去较为省力。同时不用的线痕，往往无形中成为主体的衬托物，所以不擦去无害于画面，有时反而收到无形的效果，这是我们不可不注意的地方。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"NcYOdM8aYo6CIixmYIZcnfXUnYe"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"空间感","id":""}],"text":"","id":"NKmudsougoiMA8xshTJcq04wnAc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"在绘画中依照几何透视和空间透视的原理，描绘出物体之间的远近、层次、穿插等关系，使之在平面的绘画上传达出有深度的立体的空间感觉。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"KoSUdUuwMoqSaWxCAcocEcmVnSg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"前面的物体不要画到后面去了也不要把后面的物体画到前面了，合理的安排他们的位置。让整个画面有一个前大后小，前实后虚。上实下虛的空间效果。总之就是画面的层次感明确。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Ig2CducEAoy8SKx2Qikc8lpFn6f"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":622,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"空间感","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/84942d80d86748bb9f7eb37c9bfcea43","width":760},"text":"","id":"Ui4kdgkkwok2euxs7n9cSb2VnOd"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"入门","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Z8oOdyS8oow0C6x0UqDc7bgOnPg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"画素描之前要充分做好各种线条的练习，还要做线条的由浅入深、由深到浅的成组练习。经过构图、轮廓、大形深入刻画到整体调整等不同的作画环节，这个作画的过程体现从整体到局部到整体的观察过程。如果没有这种正确的作画程序，就不能保证画面的准确、深入与完整。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"AA2cd8M0EoseMyxYTaTcwmOAnJd"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"素描步骤","id":""}],"text":"","id":"GuSQdwo26ooYGcxojXKcWKrVnJe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"画前要观察研究物体的基本形状，看它的受光方向，结构造型，形成的立体效果，然后用直线勾出","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"它","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"的大体轮廓，再依照光源，确定物体的受光（淡面）、侧光（灰面）、遮光（深面）三大部分。最后在这些面与面之间加上衔接的层次，使它自然、圆润起来，直到表现出质感为止。 素描画好后要对描绘的物体进行统筹和完善加工。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"MaiqdQuiYoeUskxYHufcdbZTnYd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"external_link","attrs":{"url":"https://www.bilibili.com/video/BV1mE41167Vm/?p=1\u0026vd_source=6b26da26630111503906a454dabeb61d"},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"https://www.bilibili.com/video/BV1mE41167Vm/?p=1\u0026vd_source=6b26da26630111503906a454dabeb61d","id":""}],"text":"","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"这个视频讲的是受光的技巧，比较浅显易懂","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"，有助于进一步理解","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"E0AYdaEMyoWMYkxKg47c0EGfnKf"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"构图","id":""}],"text":"","id":"KqkCdc2Eeom44ux8ffacUnfLnjf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"构图是每一个学习绘画的人所必须要掌握的一项基本能力，从美得感受出发，让观赏者感受到美、舒服。各部份的一种配置法，依照经过设计的格式，一致的比例，或重复的体系去安排。一般情况下在绘画中构图讲究天小地大、左右均衡；各物体大小适中，整体完整，不可过小，亦不可过大。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Z4gWdaAAsooCycxwhyXcKwO0nxh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"五种方法","id":""}],"text":"","id":"UWuodeo6Co2eGUxigRGczcwYnSb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、三角形构图，素描静物中最常用到的。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"RGcYdUiG2oyk0wx0wHKcKUtzn79"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":410,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"构图","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/59023b58506d4e79bc03cc213714f659","width":596},"text":"","id":"NMoOdQSWwooQoAxcZ1UcnHninnh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"三角形构图是最常见的和最稳定的构图形式，静物分成三组放在三个顶点上。此类构图画面稳定、主体突出、层次明确、错落有致，适合静物数量较少的组合。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"OGcId2OAwoYu8qxsp9ecygdmnUb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"三角形的三条边是由不同方向的直线合拢而成，而不同的线条组成不同形式的三角形，产生不同的趋势和变化。如果你坐在静物正面中间位置，可能会更多采用三角形构图。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"NQCAdyw6Uo0WAuxi08dcR5Lwnud"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、C形构图","id":""}],"text":"","id":"KCgqdQUEKowoG6xkZDjcP5nLnrh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Z0eYdgiQKoYcC0xafb3cJm96ney"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":646,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"构图","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/6f207066382a401cafb725e32afcef67","width":498},"text":"","id":"U00CdcikSoMKy2xGqgFcCVEmnGg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"","id":""}],"text":"","id":"I24qdCkQyogIOoxhQdLcsTuynop"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"“C”形构图，画面动感程度优于其他形式的构图。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"PKMCdcKwAo2Uy0xoPiuc2wN9nvc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"这种构图方式使画面具有流动性，更容易表现较大空问的静物组合。“C”形有三个点，主体物往往在中间点的位置.前面的点往往是第一次要物体的摆放位置，最后面的点帮助你加强画而空间层次的推移。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Y6CadiM2aoQ0KuxgtEbcwLsqnAh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、S形构图","id":""}],"text":"","id":"GeImd4uKAoIckux6FyuclZQnnvc"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":638,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"构图","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/7c1b7736397048a3b5f9bdc9b4d43115","width":499},"text":"","id":"NqO8dsOmAowmgoxegsbcfxP1nxc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"\"S”具有曲线的优点，优美而富有活力和韵味，所以“S“形构图给人一种美的享受，而且画面显得生动、活泼。读者的视线随着\"S”形向纵深移动，可有力地表现其场景的空间感和深度感。在 \"S”形构图中，通常会缩短 \"S”的上部，拉长 \"S”的下部，以形成“上紧下松”的构图关系。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"RUkadCasGoOs8axIhteci8eAnce"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"4、圆形构图","id":""}],"text":"","id":"RmuudOkMAoIO6Yxq1RDcDC6An7R"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":420,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"构图","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/9b27a2fd424240fab4fa56aede4c6bfb","width":600},"text":"","id":"P0iIdMCWkoe66GxyCItcmCc1nNb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"圆形构图就是让静物在画面中围成一个圆圈。圆形构图在视觉上给人以旋转、运动和收缩的审美效果。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"T4QQdy2u4oSCioxEXlycSSBunMc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"当圆形被拉长时，就会变成椭圆形。椭圆形构图大都采用宽大于高的横幅形式，它不仅有静态效果，也会产生动态效果，同时还具有较为明显的整体感。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"UyWedCQ4moOmGOxQnZ9cGXA4nPz"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"5、水平式构图","id":""}],"text":"","id":"ZOsId8k2mosOwwxekVacO4wvnS2"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":435,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"构图","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/c135d605279c488ebc6f2f360cc0d4bc","width":595},"text":"","id":"Cc6cdkq4QoEs0CxQh98cIsI1noe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"水平式构图的物体不能放在画面正中，应当处于一个偏上或者偏下的位置。水平式构图纵向上的空间层次较少，为了让画面丰富，各个物体要在形状、大小、高矮颜色等因素上形成对比，使画面安定、平和，可以增强画面的稳定感。同时还要安排好位置，形成前后的空间层次。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"M664dyokgogOQAxcbMbcuf1on7f"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"文字讲解不能很直观地展现，可配合","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"视频讲解","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"，进一步理解","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"怎么构图","id":""},{"type":"external_link","attrs":{"url":"https://www.bilibili.com/video/BV14x411R75w/?spm_id_from=333.337.search-card.all.click\u0026vd_source=6b26da26630111503906a454dabeb61d"},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"https://www.bilibili.com/video/BV14x411R75w/?spm_id_from=333.337.search-card.all.click\u0026vd_source=6b26da26630111503906a454dabeb61d","id":""}],"text":"","id":""},{"type":"text","text":" ","id":""}],"text":"","id":"WOSKdA6YgoAWeqx0u9zcj6P6nvb"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"轮廓","id":""}],"text":"","id":"QSMOdAue6o0ao4x2ZYPcTgufnAh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"素描轮廓线是指物体外部和内部形状对线条，描述前进或后退的形状之变化方面的一条断续线或连续线。也指物体对形，没有轮廓线就没有\"形” 。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"GaMMdWaQOoaWUmxY1m8cjrwlngf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"一般来说轮廓包括外轮廓和内轮廓，两者相互依存，就是说外轮廓画错了，内轮廓也必然跟着错，内轮廓错了也会影响外轮廓的准确。在实践中存在的问题是容易把二者分开来观察，分开来画，分开来检查，必须两者结合起来观察并结合起来画才对。要知道轮廓绝非指简单的物体的外框，要内外兼顾方可画准。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"EiGwdiwsEocCqixkTHKchaNZnMc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"轮廓就是形状，画画的第一步是画形状。形状图对了，就顺利了。越画越难受。勾勒轮廓的暗部可以简单处理，勾勒轮廓的同时可以详细画明面。由于形状的透视变化，尤其是轮廓，一分钟宽度等于几英寸宽度，因为边缘是立体形状。当一个同样宽度的面转向后方时，面的长度会越来越窄，直至消失。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"UyyEd6wumoosE6x2b2Yca6finDb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"如果外轮廓和内轮廓的基本比例和位置不正确，包含所有细节的形状也会是错误的。所以大纲的确定要严格、严格、细致。 严谨谨慎不是要求你谨小慎微，而是要求你胆大心细。只有大胆细致的书写，勾勒出轮廓，才能知道这幅画的对错。我们要敢于肯定，也要敢于否定和纠正错误。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"GuGYdkcE0oEeasxSGDHcdlyinPd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"要想画出正确的轮廓，必须对物体的形象有正确的认识和观察。观察轮廓也是专业训练不可缺少的阶段。一种不仔细观察研究对象，就无法在反复修正的过程中提高识别能力，也无法培养敏锐的视力，理解简单形式的复杂性。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"FQqWdIUgyocQqAx2igIc4QRMnab"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"进一步学习可以观看视频讲解，可巩固一些知识点","id":""},{"type":"external_link","attrs":{"url":"https://www.bilibili.com/video/BV1MT4y1R7ZT/?spm_id_from=333.337.search-card.all.click\u0026vd_source=6b26da26630111503906a454dabeb61d"},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"https://www.bilibili.com/video/BV1MT4y1R7ZT/?spm_id_from=333.337.search-card.all.click\u0026vd_source=6b26da26630111503906a454dabeb61d","id":""}],"text":"","id":""}],"text":"","id":"D0oEduSUSo2sGcxUcuncdjYGncb"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"排线","id":""}],"text":"","id":"XEqOdgooKo4aMixIxtHctn6fnJd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"排线是素描最基本的语言元素，在素描中丰富的色调变化是经过许多次的线条叠加而形成的，这其中线条的走向与角度尤其需要注意。画好素描排线就要有一个正确的握笔姿势。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"QksEdiSaOoa48sxi4kncZNOnn7c"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"正确的握笔姿势，可以分为两种：持棒式和握笔式","id":""}],"text":"","id":"BICGdSS0MoayEExgpYocXhRGn6e"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"持棒式：","id":""}],"text":"","id":"P2ysd4oyGo0gmwxw1d6cgTcEnHd"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":325,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"排线","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/18b939712e6f4d15821d1a3d973c0f3f","width":485},"text":"","id":"AMUgdy2GcoEmAcxSkW5cZ3t9nHf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"用拇指、食指和中指，三指拿笔与手掌下，如上图，中指起到辅助作用。用拇指左右摆动，在画面形成规则的接近平行的一排线。在用持棒式方法的时候，笔和画面大约在35度角左右就差不多，手和手腕不要接触画面，如果难掌握，可以用小指做支撑点，也可以用手腕自然的上下画出线条。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"JKUOdU0uSosoC4x3ZvrcmVuXnL9"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"握笔式：","id":""}],"text":"","id":"VoMYd0WAEo6u4ixELITcLwZCn9b"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":326,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"排线","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/c7e7934451774ccca552f5048dc831c3","width":481},"text":"","id":"AiCmdeWeOou8m0xu22KcoLr2nDf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"这种方法就是平时的写字姿势，如上图，这种的握笔方法可以用在面积小的暗面，或者在单体塑造的时候，这种方法用的很多，不像持棒式是在面积大，握笔式很容易掌握，就像写字一样画线条。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Ba4gd8KasowcckxWSCkcrLpJnHd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"若干组排线最好不要沿同一方向展开，因为沿同一方向或缺乏方向变化的十字形(夹直角)都将导致画面出现板滞和类似平涂的光赋效果。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"RscId2q0moEwyCxA9mccFrionNd"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":335,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"排线","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/62c26cd40c5c4d918f04a668701ebd78","width":364},"text":"","id":"HMsydweK8oiqimx6SBScDmhgnJg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"用一组组的线排开，颜色深浅不同，表现出明暗关系。当我们画苹果时，在背光处铺出一组调子，就是画的暗面。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"McUyd0EGYo2aSgx0IB3ccrTrnlb"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":358,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"排线","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/9a6ca78e89c94efd91feec5560af482d","width":358},"text":"","id":"OweIdgI0qoQA8Cx6GXgc6U0VnNx"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"线只是用来表现明暗变化，以此来塑造物体体积，表现空间的一种手段。无论怎么排线，只要画出效果就可以，不拘泥于各种形式。各种线的画法会产生不同的效果，所以在画不同的画时我们可以用不同的排线方法。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"HU8Id2464oYKAExEl2ocSiMtnPh"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":335,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"排线","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/0cfff57312b241e9a9bddf315b417fa8","width":364},"text":"","id":"RuiSd28g8o28QgxfHOUcDiSEnvX"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"苹果的画法视频已经讲了很多，感兴趣可以看看","id":""},{"type":"external_link","attrs":{"url":"https://www.bilibili.com/video/BV1ct411Q7RE/?spm_id_from=333.337.search-card.all.click\u0026vd_source=6b26da26630111503906a454dabeb61d"},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"https://www.bilibili.com/video/BV1ct411Q7RE/?spm_id_from=333.337.search-card.all.click\u0026vd_source=6b26da26630111503906a454dabeb61d","id":""}],"text":"","id":""}],"text":"","id":"GOEYdYwweoo4gexy40fcvhUanre"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":722,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"排线","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/408fd90c2b514bef9dc9528d10fc9efa","width":607},"text":"","id":"Bq2gdsqS8oE8iYxMJqZcBks4nCd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"控制明暗的逐渐变化以创造实体形式的错觉效果，使物体有三度空间的特质。","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"在深面与灰面上先铺上一片均匀的线条，使受光面暂时空出，这样就是用大块大面来表现物体，然后将各个块面中细部，也同样依照受光、侧光、遮光分成小块、小面来处理。还要注意小块、小面的明暗，使它们服从大面的统一调子，而大面又必须服从于整体。","id":""},{"type":"external_link","attrs":{"url":"https://www.bilibili.com/video/BV1Zh41147Dk/?spm_id_from=333.337.search-card.all.click\u0026vd_source=6b26da26630111503906a454dabeb61d"},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"https://www.bilibili.com/video/BV1Zh41147Dk/?spm_id_from=333.337.search-card.all.click\u0026vd_source=6b26da26630111503906a454dabeb61d","id":""}],"text":"","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"这个视频讲的是五种线条的画法，实践与理论相结合。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"ZeI8dC4OwoM6AGx0QITcXwPMnje"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"深度学习","id":""}],"text":"","id":"NAIgdM0A4oUeIyx6u7WcDWUqnBh"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"速写","id":""}],"text":"","id":"NQ8SdGeaqoOasIxUP3XcaC7BnFh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"速写一般不拘泥于局部的形似，而常以形写神，表达方式简练，对专业创作、设计草图和快速表现都有积极的意义。速写的高度提炼与时间较长、较深入地练习是相辅相成互相促进的，速写画得多，在复杂的素描写生开始阶段也会更快地把握构图和造型。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"CCEEdiOyooaCa8xYjEFcK4pMnnh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"以素描作画相对的时间为依据，短至数分钟长则半小时左右都可算是速写，因速写的基本特征是简练而快速地写生，因此是画者的第一印象。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"HQ6sdKeKCoQ0WwxAFXpc0W3DnVc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"对结构理解的深入扎实的素描基本功，在速写中也会体现出来。经常大量的速写训练，可以最有效地培养敏锐的观察力和艺术的概括能力，以及提高快速高效的表现技能。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"XmGqdUMQsogqK0xyqIbc0r3Qnjd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"速写是一种非常便捷的素描方式，其常见题材有风景速写、人物速写、动物速写等。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Fs6gdeCemoA0ggxktB2coZkOnHf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"构图","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Uqgyd8o2Ioki84xkXqdcDkOsnvd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"构图的重要性，大家都知道，单个动作的构图比较简单，原则上宁上勿下。动作朝左，构图偏右即可。双人组合要注意两个动作的主次对比和相互谐调，首先比例要一致，站立的动作和坐着的动作一样高是不行的。场景组合难度较大，透视是最需要注意的，前大后小的原理一定牢记。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"NmScdQmyQomwoMxSWuxc3XddnTb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"人物","id":""}],"text":"","id":"F40Ad8AQmoyqqexy8SccGWasnig"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"人体躯干在衣服的包裹下，无论是厚衣服还是薄衣服，都是紧贴人体的躯干形体。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"IcOqduksAoGsktxnd8acZeYEnpT"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"从衣领开始描绘，形体外轮廓与运动所产生的褶皱相结合刻画。注意海条线条的粗细、深浅、长短变化。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"LYAidwMakoYue2xs5hucy5ahnab"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"紧接上一步，调整画面的素描关系，可以上一些调子来拉开画面的关系，注意调子的轻重。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"V88Yd2OKwoSkUQxoXtUclgUVn2c"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"注意构图，比例，动态块的侧锋勾画出对象的大体形块。起形要概括，快速，不要在意那么多细节。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"HEcKdgI4oo2ckYx2k05c8AhKnuW"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"可以先把头部深入出来，然后再推出全身。但是要注意五官要画得精致准确，做到一气呵成，不然容易影响后面。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"DgIydME68o6s8KxEsG5cs6JLnab"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"较常用的步骤：五官虚带，定出位置和大小，快速把整个人物画出，抓住大的框架形状和此较明显的穿插关系。先深入五官,手脚与其他最后深入。优点：即使画面随时停下也可以保持画面完整。不会有没有画完的感觉。难点：要整体观察把握，对于穿插比较理解。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"OU46dMaaIo8AcYx849Rclh8Enec"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"坐姿一般选在正侧和四分之三角度比较容易表现，要注意人物的整体动态走势与整个人的比例关系，不要把上短和把腿画的过长。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"FOwadiEuaoioQgxFq9rck23Knfy"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"快速勾出整个人的框架形（如头、胸腔、胯部、四肢，手脚）要肯定整体，可以略带穿插关系，不需要画多。时刻整体地去观察，不能陷入局部。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"WCiCd8gKso4c2QxyIDbc3ghXnag"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"完善细节：画出头手脚具体形象,并增加灰层次，同时调整衣纹关系，加入裁剪线等装饰。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"TeOudA8AUoYmQ0xcv6UcfK25nYg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"深入画面：用侧锋带出灰面，增加胸腔，盆腔,四肢的体积感。调整画面主次关系,注意前后胳膊,腿的强弱关系。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Hie4dGEgyoOsw6xoXK4cYXU4nMc"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"默写","id":""}],"text":"","id":"BMAcd00W4oyWgEx4olVc2aE7nib"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"默写是脱离了写生对象，完全凭着自己的记忆和理解来把握画面的，在素描的学习中适当地配合默写训练，有助于增强视觉形象的记忆能力，同时又可以训练对画面图形的创造性思维和表现能力，有利于加深写生中对素描知识的理解。其实默写和速写也有着密切的关系，在速写中不可能看一眼画一笔，很多是靠对写生对象的理解和记忆来完成的。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"I2YsdsEwKo4ECGxkfmocl5wgn2e"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":" 掌握头部解剖","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Ayqkde26AoKkgqx4KSfc10hanEd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"在没有模特或具体的作画对象时，画者只能通过记忆或平时头像写生的经验来完成对头像的默写。内外部形体结构的把握能力，以及对素描技法的合理运用和表现能力。在平时的训练中要着重理解头部骨骼的构造、熟悉头骨各部位的名称及正确位置，做到没有参照对象也熊熟练正确地画出头部各部位的位實及解剖关系。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"LoIsdwq0uoGEmSxqmmlcqe0NnNf"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"头像写生训练","id":""}],"text":"","id":"R6Wydmk4woqeGuxAzsFcn0UcnXd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"平时要积累大量的人物头像写生的作画经验，在人物头像写生训练中，要有针对性地选择写生对象。如选择考试中经常出现的男青年或女青年模特进行写生训练，也适当选择一些老年模特写生，有备无患。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"DIu0dQoUuoa8wIxoFKKcz910n0g"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"临摹加强记忆","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Zac8d0Aw0o2M0gxmWzkc6sxnnXc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"临摹是学习头像写生的最好办法，也是提高素描头像造型能力的有效途径之一。通过临摹，学习他人的经验和技法，真切地体会画者的感受和意图，领会作品的精神所在。这样既节省时间又事半功倍。临摹还能提高眼睛的准确观察力及眼与手的配合能力。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Humadoem6oq0uWxg3eIc8CKvnNd"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"静物作画技巧","id":""}],"text":"","id":"J2eydGeyooWoimx8tCec2a22n8d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"素描所表达的是形体与空间不外乎黑、白、灰三字，一幅素描起码应该具备三个方面的成功：一是形体结构准确，二是黑、白、灰大层次分明，三是中心焦点突出。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"R84od4yemoOsAuxqUcacjcDjnwc"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":643,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"静物作画技巧","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/e694013254a1481bb1202c98eabc435f","width":491},"text":"","id":"E4KqdMWocouuKExv1TxcUq6Dnin"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"中心焦点是有视觉习惯形成的，所谓焦点，在客观上应该是在结构中最有特征、又最能展示形体与空间部位的。常位于画幅前景接近中心的部位，是中心也是重心。画素描就应有点偏心，如果平均用力不仅破坏了整体感，也违背了视觉的真实。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Ym6CdmUmGosmo0xQjQecM348nFh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"轮廓线（包括一些局部轮廓线）只是物体的某些面在转移时被缩小了形象，用轮廓线来认识世界不应是初习素描者的课题，而先要学习用立体的观念来研究世界。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Z0aSdweoEoCWkKxgdWMcAjOFnDh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"这条线的表现力是不容忽视的，因为物体表面有丰富的起伏向纵深转折时又与空间组成各种关系，它时浓时淡，宽窄虚实，变化无穷，不单单只是一条“线”。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"WI4sd8YQkoe6qMxGyKCcVfKTnFe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"","id":""}],"text":"","id":"OWGkdc8oComOO0xk7X6c1sg7nBe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"第一是结构，第二才是光，黑白则是它的附属物。大家要学会借助黑白来认识形体结构，但有时黑白也会歪曲形体结构的原来面貌。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"XAswdEe6coMGmaxOYROcNHGEnGe"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":719,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"静物作画技巧","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/0bfad00f0c4d460384ba3c648967a8e5","width":552},"text":"","id":"DYC0diG0qowW4WxQWUDcZqQencx"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"画素描就是找区别，大区别就是“大关系”，凡是大关系都具有整体性的分量，它容纳并制约着所有局部，因而它是最重要的。小区别就是“小关系”，就是指处于同一色调中的轻微差异。相对于整体来说，它们只能被称之为“局部”。它们以一定的比例或层次关系组织起来并充实着整体。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"J8MEdyYa6oWQgMxyAIDctUlYnkb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"没有局部，“整体”便是空的，而如果没有整体的制约，“局部”就成为散乱无序，所以它们是相辅相成辨证统一的。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"RkgmdmcuWoWSSQxmkVKcUuRUn4b"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"结构的透视变形色调的黑白相称，对边线的虚实处理，三者共同担负着表现空间与体积的任务。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"NsWidy2uYouUaKxaEWucNEnonEb"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"线和线条技法","id":""}],"text":"","id":"L8gedq8o6oog46xKKTQcuuJcn2e"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"素描的要素是线，但是线在实质上却是不存在的，它只代表物体、颜色和平面的边界，用来作为物体的幻觉表现。直到近代，线才被人们认为是形式的自发要素，并且独立于被描绘的物体之外。用线条来组成物体的形象，并且描绘于平面之上，藉由线条形式引起观者的联想。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"FIWIduuw2oyCsaxYXesclq1LnDh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"例如两条线相交所构成的角形，可以被认为是某平面的边界；另外加上第三条线可以在画面上造成立体感。弧形的线条可以象征拱顶，交会聚集的线条可表现深度。人们可以从线条的变化当中，得到可以领会的形象。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"NMSgdK88eowKyEx2DHmcLcFQnab"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"用线条区分立体与平面，至于色彩明暗是为了加强和厘清整体与部分的关系。运用线条的开始，消失和中断来画出边界，并且形成平面，也可使色彩至边界而上。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"SCWkdUwIEocK8mxiU9AcBuXEnwg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"线条的粗细能表现物体的变化，甚至光和影也可用线条的笔触变化表现出来，还需要平面技法的辅助。平面技法在使用炭粉笔时，在明暗对照上可用擦笔法。素描也可用多色画笔作为基本材料，用来加强素描效果以及素描的艺术性。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"WAGSdcYcGoEiSSxAFDscjosIngg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"素描的要素是线，但是线在实质上却是不存在的，它只代表物体、颜色和平面的边界，用来作为物体的幻觉表现。直到近代，线才被人们认为是形式的自发要素，并且独立于被描绘的物体之外。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"VOSgdy2UUouKcCxQHOtc2sUynoe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"透过线条手段，单纯的轮廓勾勒可以发展成精致的素描，这个视频讲的比较清楚","id":""},{"type":"external_link","attrs":{"url":"https://haokan.baidu.com/v?pd=wisenatural\u0026vid=2187580955371434233"},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"https://haokan.baidu.com/v?pd=wisenatural\u0026vid=2187580955371434233","id":""}],"text":"","id":""}],"text":"","id":"AumidSiWcoKW6KxA9IhcASKYnkf"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":668,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"线和线条技法","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/68b35d09e0374f19b9f3587b7afbdda3","width":890},"text":"","id":"D8gUdOieWoKO4SxgLfkc92akntg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"用线条来组成物体的形象","id":""}],"text":"","id":"P2g4duikEoqcKSxGe4ac4fSsnNc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"两条线相交所构成的角形，可以被认为是某平面的边界；另外加上第三条线可以在画面上造成立体感。弧形的线条可以象征拱顶，交会聚集的线条可表现深度。透过线条的手段，单纯的轮廓勾勒可以发展成精致的素描。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"NIgUde8u4oImEQxYT2IcT4Wcnnh"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":653,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"线和线条技法","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/283c486aaed04d64a273676d5c4b0774","width":578},"text":"","id":"Gikcdg00GocMG8xuWz3c8EydnUd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"用线条区分立体与平面","id":""}],"text":"","id":"R02WdcAM8oSowaxIJTCcHe0ynQf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"在素描中可以用线条区分立体与平面，至于色彩明暗是为了加强和分清整体与部分的关系。运用线条的开始，消失和中断来画出边界，并且形成平面，也可使色彩至边界而上。线条的粗细能表现物体的变化，甚至光和影也可用线条的笔触变化表现出来。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"LWgadQKW6o8CcIxgU8bcgm9Cntb"},{"type":"imageList","children":[{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":451,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"线和线条技法","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/ffd5a551055e4909b7b33f6b18813655","width":440},"text":"","id":"Ycucd0yKWo0okUxVABMcf9xpnt6"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":379,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"线和线条技法","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/21df081045dd46f88e6724111a5ecc2d","width":428},"text":"","id":"BK8idi46mo62aWxiywGcHbM1nZg"}],"text":"","id":"Uog8dM6qeoyUMsxyA7fcojNVnXc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"平面技法","id":""},{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"的辅助","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Uog8dM6qeoyUMsxyA7fcojNVnXc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"素描的线条技法还需要平面技法的辅助。平面技法在使用炭粉笔时，在明暗对照上可用擦笔法。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Saaad8qAOocc02xZGYIcijDXnh2"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":545,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"线和线条技法","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/3fdd126f758440eda02a0f5d715e472b","width":775},"text":"","id":"T4GadmEGIoSesexKQiccQYISntg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"毛笔画法","id":""},{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"的使用","id":""}],"text":"","id":"IQYSdW2Iio6Qg8xYRd7cHaQznXf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"更重要的是使用毛笔画法，因为毛笔能发挥笔触的宽度和笔调的强度并且能增加空间感和立体感。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"BeAyd8Akmo6ImexS2G4cqCLpnJf"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":551,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"线和线条技法","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/82476e5de8214d9ca1efd7867003b1aa","width":856},"text":"","id":"D4OEdM8I0oQUwkx0SBOca974nSc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"艺术性的加强","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Oy8ydUiYIoKAk2xmeVJcvATznYc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"素描也可用多色画笔作为基本材料，用来加强素描效果以及素描的艺术性。 ","id":""}],"text":"","id":"TeWCd0wKoowwEMxGozfcrB2fnOh"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":521,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"线和线条技法","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/2bda1868859447928b7e01be87daface","width":420},"text":"","id":"WM0idS0eQoO0IIxQaIAcDUhnnkb"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"明暗","id":""}],"text":"","id":"K80KdesksoSaYYxYlnacpMmonFf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"明暗交界线是素描中灰面与暗面的交界，虽然名字是明暗交界“线”，但是它是由“面”组成的，由于光线以及静物本身形体的变化，明暗交界线也会有非常丰富的变化","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"PqUkdg0AKo2YQcxcB7Hcd0eXnIb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"有一些静物因为形体会有很多明暗交界线，所以我们找到这些明暗交界线之后统一暗部，然后这些明暗交界线的色调也要做一个区分，靠近光源的颜色稍微要亮一些。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"YEQudyISIoOKQyxWms0cxLERnBg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"结合视频讲解可以明白明暗的运用手法","id":""},{"type":"external_link","attrs":{"url":"https://www.bilibili.com/video/BV14m4y1978u/?spm_id_from=333.337.search-card.all.click\u0026vd_source=6b26da26630111503906a454dabeb61d"},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"https://www.bilibili.com/video/BV14m4y1978u/?spm_id_from=333.337.search-card.all.click\u0026vd_source=6b26da26630111503906a454dabeb61d","id":""}],"text":"","id":""}],"text":"","id":"YoeKdKoUcoWeuAxuwSBc5XQdn6d"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"推荐书籍","id":""}],"text":"","id":"X2Q4d6OEMo2Kq2xyoSCcJ4OLnlb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"《素描风暴》","id":""}],"text":"","id":"EGeQdyAwioIi4exi6Axc2deTnUb"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":541,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"推荐书籍","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/92fb9082097c4a07bb98fb3391d77f42","width":348},"text":"","id":"Eq6sdWSmgoCCMuxCGjHchzMJn4e"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"《素描的诀窍》","id":""}],"text":"","id":"CsO2dW6aOo86Ecx6dl4cS29tndc"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":743,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"推荐书籍","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/7fa92e7b77f049a69af53d7a4e7ef9e1","width":554},"text":"","id":"Domed6wWuoac8Qx4wlEcRSFmnYc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"《像艺术家一样思考》","id":""}],"text":"","id":"YsQ8dQsacoO2iQx4NvmcjShVnLg"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":444,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"推荐书籍","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/a09df027dced4945956d521728932dae","width":360},"text":"","id":"H2iKdeemAosUegxola5cpqY6noe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"《伯里曼人体结构绘画教学》","id":""}],"text":"","id":"K2Q0dU8AOoC0AyxEXyOcLjBrnec"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":466,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"推荐书籍","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/90a2f27fc9614fb3849e40ae6eab8d88","width":323},"text":"","id":"Ns4KdgGmsoiyG8xdUwPcw2Gpnec"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Egi4dYek6oqQUMxqoRKcbbOVnXc"}]%3C%2Fhowto_content%3E

5、跑步的正确方法与技巧？

掌握科学和正确的跑步方法能够对人起到强身健体、愉悦身心的作用，而不科学和非正确的方法不但不能起到锻炼效果，反而会对人体健康产生一定的负面影响。所以，人们应根据自身的具体情况按照一定的要求进行跑步锻炼。

跑步姿势要正确

正确的跑姿对良好的运动习惯的养成很重要。培养正确跑姿的具体做法是：两肩微微提起，两只手臂弯曲成一定的角度，通常情况下，这个角度应为90度。手臂向前向后摆动，幅度不应过大，与此同时，要微微进行上下弹动，肩部稍抬高。

在跑步的过程中，大腿向前抬起应尽量高些，后蹬充分，步幅以大为宜，且有弹性。这样的跑姿可以让人的腹部肌肉紧张，内肚上提，呼吸均匀、细长、充分而有节奏，跑步中腹肌适当紧张，注意提气，这本身就是对呼吸器官功能的训练，也是对腹肌的锻炼，使腹肌的控制力增强，也是身体健美的有效方法。

头和肩

跑步动作要领：在跑步的过程中，人的头部和肩部应始终处于稳定状态。目视前方，除非跑动的道路不平坦，否则，不要使身体前倾。肩部要尽量放松，不应出现含胸现象。

动力伸拉：耸肩，肩部放松自然下垂，在跑动时，尽可能向上耸，并停留一下，还原后重复。

臂与手

跑步动作要领：人的手臂在摆动时应是以肩为轴的前后动作，左右动作幅度不超过身体正中线。手指应处于放松状态，与此同时，腕部与臂也要根据运动节奏做相应动作，肘关节的角度应控制在90度。

左右动力伸拉：跑步者在抬肘摆臂时，两只手臂一个处于前方，一个处于后方，成预备起跑姿势，后摆臂肘关节要尽可能的向高抬，然后放松前摆。随着跑步的速度加快，臂肘关节也越抬越高。

躯干和髋

跑步动作要领：跑步者从颈部到腹部要一直处于直立状态，错误的跑姿是身体向前倾或者向后仰，正确的跑姿能够让人呼吸顺畅，身体重心保持平衡。身体除不能向前后倾外，也不能向左向右摇晃以及向上向下起伏过大，腿向前摆时，送髋动作需积极主动，跑步时要注意髋部的转动和放松。

动力伸拉：弓步压腿，两条腿向前向后呈开立状，距离与肩保持同宽。身体的重心要慢慢向下压，直到使肌肉感到紧张，接着，放松还原。注意躯干要一直保持直立状。

腰

跑步动作要领：跑步者的腰部要始终处于直立状，但不能过于挺直。身体肌肉的状态要微微处于紧张，以使躯干能够维持正确的跑姿，与此同时，每跑一步都要注意脚部动作的缓冲。

动力伸拉：体前屈伸，跑步者呈自然站立状态，两只脚开立，距离保持与肩同宽。身体慢慢向前屈，直至双手下垂对应脚尖的位置，保持这一姿势片刻，然后复原。

大腿和膝

跑步动作要领：跑步者的大腿和膝部向前摆，力量稍大，这里需要注意的是，大腿与膝部的动作是向前摆而不是向上抬。腿的任何侧向动作都是多余的，而且容易引起膝关节受伤，因此大腿的前摆要正。

动力拉伸：前弓身，跑步者的两只脚站距同髋宽，两只手置于头后位置，从髋关节屈体向前，使腰背处于挺直状，直到股二头肌感到紧张。

小腿与跟腱

跑步动作要领：跑步者的脚应该落于身体前的位置，通常情况下，这一位置应在体前约1尺处，以靠近正中线为宜。小腿不应跨得太远，否则，跟腱可能会受到损伤。与此同时，跑步者还应该注意小腿肌肉和跟腱在着地时的缓冲，落地时小腿应积极向后扒地，使身体积极向前。

除此之外，小腿向前摆动时，方向要控制得准确，即前摆要正，脚朝前，切忌不能出现外翻或后翻现象，正确的小腿和脚的运动方向可以有效地保护膝关节和踝关节。可在沙滩上跑步时检查脚印以作参考。

动力伸拉：撑壁提踵，跑步者面向墙壁站立，与墙的距离可控制在1米左右，两只手臂向前伸，两手之间的距离与肩同宽，手稳稳撑于墙壁。提踵，再放下，感觉小腿和跟腱紧张。

脚跟与脚趾

跑步动作要领：跑步者要控制好跑动的步幅，如果过大，小腿向前伸出距离过远，则会以脚跟触地，产生制动刹车反作用力，这一力量对人体的骨骼以及关节的损伤是非常大的。正确落地应以脚的中部触地，并让冲击力快速分散至全脚掌。

动力伸拉：坐式伸踝，跑步者跪于地面，臀部与脚跟要贴近，上半身处于直立状。缓缓向下给踝关节压力，直到趾伸肌与脚前掌感到足够拉力，然后抬臀后重复，动作要有节奏，缓慢。

跑步健身要科学

在体育锻炼上应当循序渐进

进行跑步锻炼以后，每天最好要有一个运动记录，这样，有利于日后对自己的运动效果有一个全面的掌握。运动记录包括如下内容：

1、跑步锻炼的性质，每天跑步的具体内容，以及持续的日期和每次跑步时所用的时间。

2、每天在跑步之前，跑步的过程中，以及跑步后，身体都有哪些不同的感觉。

3、锻炼后，自己的食欲和睡眠方面有了哪些变化。

4、有无继续参加锻炼的愿望。

5、脉搏跳动情况。

除上述几项内容，跑步者还可以根据自身实际情况，增减内容，比如对于患有某种疾病或是跑步减肥的人，可以有针对性的进行信息积累。

人们可以从运动记录中分析出运动量的大小并及时对锻炼进行必要的调整。通常情况下，人在跑步时，前5分钟过后，脉搏跳动不应超过每分钟120次。10分钟后，不应超过每分钟100次。如果脉率大大超过了这一范围，或者出现身体不适现象，必须减少运动量。

基本原则

为了能够让跑步成为科学的健身方式，在跑步时还需要遵循一些基本的原则：

1、跑步并不需要天天进行。

2、每周可以抽出1天到2天的时间进行一些低强度的训练，比如在功率自行车上进行有氧、出汗的训练。

3、在跑步锻炼的计划中，最好加入一些步行活动。比赛应该少一点。

4、在没有比赛任务的情况下，可以进行适当的锻炼，以维护体能，人们可以尝试降低运动量的方法，保持成绩和坚持降低训练量。

5、有计划地进行深层组织按摩。

不同的跑步健身法

跑步健身的具体方法

一、慢速放松跑

慢速放松跑是一种比较悠闲，令人倍感舒适的运动方式。在跑步的过程中，身体不必过多发力，无疲劳感。跑步者的心率不会太高，通常情况下，在每分钟110次至130次之间。慢速跑时，人的呼吸保持自然、顺畅的状态，微微出现气喘现象属于正常。人的身体从静止状态到运动状态需要进行一段时间的适应，所以，在慢跑的最初，人们不可急于求成，不可以在只跑一小段路程后就开始加速。

正确的做法是循序渐进地加大强度。在跑步的过程中，对身体各部位的动作没有严格的要求，总体上说就是以跑步者感到舒适为佳。每次跑完步，跑步者应该感到身心放松和愉悦，相反，如果感到身体的某一部位有不适感，就要及时找出原因，并给予纠正，以免长期采用错误的跑步方法，有损自身健康。慢速跑每周可以进行2次到3次，每次跑步的时间控制在20分钟左右。长期坚持慢速放松跑，可以对人的呼吸系统、心血管系统等有明显的健身效果。

配速建议：一般情况下，女生7-9km/h,男生8-10km/h。

二、中速跑步方法

中速跑要求跑步者有一定的意志努力，速度较慢速跑有明显的提升，通常情况下，控制在每秒5米的状态。心率也随之有所提高，一般在每分钟140次至150次之间。中速跑是比较受人们欢迎的中等强度健身法。长期坚持中速跑，对人体心脏功能的增强有明显的效果，与此同时，它还对调节人体内脏平衡等有显著的效果。

跑步者在中速跑之前，要先进行一定量的热身运动，在跑动的过程中，如果身体产生不适感，要立刻停止跑步，做一些放松练习。专家建议每周练习1次至2次为宜。

配速建议：中速跑配速一般在5分30秒到6分。

三、快速跑步方法

快速跑需要跑步者有较大的意志努力，在跑步的过程中，保持高速动作，心率会处于人体最高水平，通常情况下，每分钟在170次至180次左右。它是一种高强度的运动，所以，持续的时间不宜过长，一般几秒钟，根据跑步者的具体情况，重复练习。每周练习快速跑1次至2次，每次重复3次至6次。

做快速跑练习要遵循循序渐进的方法，开始之前，跑步者要做好身体的预热活动，另外，还要防止过度疲劳。长期进行快速跑练习，对提高人体无氧耐受力、肌肉功能，以及心脏功能有一定作用。但有内脏慢性病、心血管、肝，肾病者，尤为不能练习，防止病情加重。

配速建议：快速跑配速一般在4分30秒到5分。

四、变速跑步法

所谓变速跑就是在跑动的过程中，跑动速度会有一定的变化。这种变化没有一个标准的规定，跑步者可以根据自身的具体情况，合理调整。调整的原则是跑步者身体未出现不适感。变速跑是快慢结合、走跑结合的运动方式。变速跑的运动强度中等，所以它比较适合于中年人。

一般情况下，身体素质较好的中年人，可快跑与慢跑相结合；身体素质较弱的中年人，可慢跑与走步交替练习。在跑动的过程中，密切注意自己的身体变化，当出现不适感时，必须停止跑步，进行休息。为达到一定的锻炼效果，变速跑需要坚持一定的时间，直到身体出现明显的疲劳时，再结束练习，接着，做一些放松活动，并循序渐进地提高练习标准。

五、定时跑步法

定时跑就是在固定的时间内进行跑步练习的方法。也可以进行一下变通，限定一定的跑程，以缩短跑步时间进行练习。比较常见的定时跑有12分钟跑和6分钟跑。跑步者可根据自身的情况，选择最适合自己的定时跑进行练习。

定时跑可以评定锻炼效果和身体功能水平。长期坚持定时跑的人，能够帮助自己了解身体状况，在定时跑的过程中，如果出现明显的疲劳，应及时调整运动强度，甚至停止练习，并做好跑步后的放松活动。无论进行何种健身运动，都要以循序渐进为原则，切不可急于求成。

六、原地跑练习法

原地跑练习就是练习者在固定的一小块区域进行跑步练习，比如在房间里或是跑台上。因为这种方法不受场地、气候等条件的约束，所以它更加便捷。原地跑练习应持续较长的时间才能收获到锻炼身体的效果。通常情况下，应至少进行10分钟以上，在练习的过程中，跑步者应将大腿高高抬起，重复次数加快些，锻炼效果就好些。原地跑练习适用于无法进行户外跑步的人群，它可以作为疾病康复保健练习之一。

除上述方法外，跑步锻炼还包括负重跑、障碍跑、变向跑等。练习者可根据自身的情况，有针对性的进行锻炼。但需要注意的是，在进行跑步锻炼之前，跑步者必须要进行准备活动，使身体由静止状态进入到运动状态，而且在跑步的过程中，也应该遵循由慢到快，再由快到慢渐渐放松的原则。对于环境的选择也是至关重要的，要尽可能的选择空气清新，无污染的地方进行跑步锻炼。

另外，人们还要坚持抗疲劳练习，这对于提高身体素质十分重要。跑步者要从自身的体质、健康条件出发，灵活掌握、选择跑步练习方法和运动量。坚持经常跑步锻炼，一定能取得满意的健康效果。

不同跑步方式的动作要领

一、小步跑

步者身体自然放松，上半身处于正直状，或者身体稍向前倾，切忌不可出现身体后仰现象，向后倾是一种错误的跑姿，尤其对于初期练习者，必须严格纠正错误跑姿，否则养成坏习惯后，纠正起来就会变得非常困难。

准备跑步前，将身体的重心向高抬，骨盆前挺，注意身体各部位的变化，以全身感到舒展为宜。膝关节放松，接着，两条腿交替屈膝抬举后，快速放松下落，小腿顺势向前迈一小步，用前脚掌着地，完成“扒”地动作，并迅速伸直踝、膝、髋关节。

与此同时，跑步者的两只手臂屈肘，此时，要掌握好身体的重心，注意肩部要处于放松状态，跑者的上下肢相协调配合，双臂动作与两腿动作保持一致，双臂前后摆动，初跑时摆动幅度不宜过大。跑步动作可以有效地增强人体关节的灵活性，同时，还会使人的动作频率得以提高，对改进跑的速度和技术有很大帮助。

二、侧身滑步跑

侧身滑步跑就是向身体的两侧进行跑动。跑步者身体呈自然放松状态，分别向左向右进行跑动。当向左跑时，其右脚应先从左脚之前向左移动一次，左脚则从右脚之后向左移动一步，右脚再从左脚之后向左跑一步，左脚则从右脚之前向左跑一步，如此为一复步。向右跑时，左右脚方向正好相反。

在跑动的过程中，跑步者应密切观察身体各部位的变化，如出现不适，立刻停止跑动，及时找出问题出现的原因，并给予纠正。完成侧身滑步跑时，应该牢记左右脚移动以在一条线上为宜。根据自身的具体情况，可以先向左边跑十几步，再反向右跑十几步。

侧身滑步跑可以缓解其他跑步方式的疲劳感，使人体的全身肌肉关节充分活动，增加机体的灵活性和平衡能力。

三、高抬腿跑

跑步者身体呈自然放松状态，上半身正直，或微微向前倾，但切忌不可出现向后倾现象。向后倾是一种错误的跑姿，尤其对于初期练习者，必须严格纠正错误跑姿，否则养成坏习惯后，纠正起来就会变得非常困难。

准备跑步之前，调整好身体重心，使之慢慢提高，骨盆前挺，动作幅度不宜过大，速度不宜过快，以全身感到放松舒展为宜。准备姿势就绪以后，跑步开始，跑步者先将一条腿的膝部进行弯曲，并向高抬起，大腿与躯干之间，形成一定的角度，角度以直角为最宜，接着，积极下压，用前脚掌着地，并迅速伸直踝、膝、髋三个关节，与此同时，两条手臂屈肘配合抬腿动作，完成向前向后的摆动动作。动作结束后，再换另一条腿，两脚交替进行。这种跑步方式可增强腿部肌群的力量，提高关节的灵活性、柔韧性和动作频率，对提高跑步成绩大有帮助。

四、旋转跑

这是一种方向随时发生变化的跑步运动，也被人们称为倒序运动。旋转跑之前，跑步者身体需呈放松状态，由于这是一个对重心平衡性要求非常高的运动方式，所以，在跑动之前，跑步者需做好准备，可以原地先进行几次旋转，熟悉调整重心时的方法，做好准备工作以后，跑步开始。

在进行旋转跑时，跑步者要将向前跑、侧身跑等几种方式结合起来。由于方向上的变化十分灵活，所以，跑步者的跑速不宜过快，切记自身安全，谨防摔伤。实践证明，旋转跑能够促进全身血液循环和脑部供氧功能，使各器官得到锻炼，有利于提高人体平衡能力。

五、原地支撑后蹬跑

练习者身体呈自然放松状态，骨盆向前倾，使身体姿势有利于后蹬动作，上半身向前倾，后蹬腿充分伸直。此时，人体的髋部、膝部和踝关节应处在同一条线上。注意保持重心稳定，接着，脚趾扒地腾空，另一条腿膝盖领先向前上方摆出。

长期坚持原地支撑后蹬跑可增强髋、膝、踝关节伸肌力量，提高跑步速度。在进行原地支撑后蹬跑时，练习者要注意动作的每一个要点，保持动作的正确性。由于没有过多的运动量，所以，该方式很少会造成练习者身体受伤的情况。

六、变速跑

跑步者在跑动的过程中，结合自身的实际情况，快跑一段距离，再慢跑一阵儿，使跑速始终处于快慢交替的状态。一般开始时采取较慢速度的变速跑，当身体慢慢适应了运动状态以后，再逐渐提高速度，增加运动量。长期采用变速跑锻炼，对人体的耐力发展有很大的好处，而且还能提高机体的速度耐力素质，提高各项生理机能。

跑步训练的基本要求

跑步训练有4个基本的要素：耐力、力量、速度和休息。

耐力

有人将提高跑步运动强度的过程比喻成金字塔式的，参加最高级的比赛是到达了金字塔的塔尖，而处于金字塔最底部的人就是初级跑步者，对于这部分人来说，耐力是极为重要的。

每一个追求健康的跑步者，都不能有急于求成的心理，特别是在提高运动强度时，要循序渐进，清楚基础的重要性。万事开头难，耐力练习对人的毅力是非常大的考验。现实生活中，很多跑步者会被耐力练习击败，从而结束自己的跑步锻炼计划。实践证明，没有良好的耐力基础，较大强度的力量工作和速度工作是不可能做到的。

力量

一、手臂

跑步运动是全身性运动，科学掌握两只手臂的摆动动作至关重要，它不仅能够使跑步者在跑动的过程中更加轻松，对其成绩的提高也有明显的促进作用。在日常训练中，练习者可以通过一些简单的俯卧撑练习增加上臂的力量。

在做俯卧撑的过程中，要注意控制速度，还要根据自身的情况，调整训练强度。在训练的过程中，若身体出现不适现象，必须马上停止运动，找出原因，有针对性地进行调整。在速度上，不宜过快，要以身体不感到疲惫为宜。与此同时，注意手臂摆动时两臂之间的宽度，加强背部、肩部和臂部之间的力量协调，它们将在长跑的最后阶段起重要的作用。

在训练强度上，跑步者要根据自身的实际情况，慢慢加大，切忌一口气做得太多。初学者练习俯卧撑可以进行两组，每组15到20下；有一定基础的运动者则可做3组，每组20下；高水平人士可以尝试4组30到50下的俯卧撑锻炼。而后，再根据实际情况和力量的增加而逐渐增加次数。

二、腹部

跑步时，腹部肌肉发挥着非常重要的作用。跑步者要针对腹部肌肉进行有效的训练，具体做法是：跑步者有计划、有规律地做仰卧起坐练习。该练习可使背部、腰部、腹部肌肉得到锻炼。

在最初的训练中，练习者要根据自身的情况，从低强度做起。推荐每组做10~20个，每次锻炼可以做3~5组，当熟悉这种运动强度以后，可以逐渐增加，以循序渐进的方式增加到每组为20~30个，每天做4~6组，组与组之间可休息一分钟左右，休息时间不宜太长，大概坚持三个月左右，可看到腹部有明显减小的效果，其实是腹部的肌肉群得到了锻炼，达到紧致作用。在练习的过程中，密切注意身体各部位的变化，如出现不适，必须马上停止练习，找出原因，及时地做出调整。随着时间的推移，再慢慢加大训练强度。

速度

速度训练的方法有很多。比如到一个适合跑步的场地，重复进行各种短距离跑。再如从高处快速跑向低处。又如参加不同类型的赛跑比赛。速度训练适用于各类以跑步为健身方式的人群，特别是对于老年人来说，其作用更为显著。

一、提高速度的方式

提高速度的方式有两种，一是增加步频，二是增大步幅。通常情况下，增加步频比增大步幅对人体更具安全性。这是因为步幅的增大会造成步幅过大，进而会引起某些生物力学上的问题和运动损伤。

二、寻找最佳配速

正确的配速可以帮助我们降低身体负担，同时达到最大效率的燃脂效果。无论对于减肥还是想增强体质的人来说，跑步速度都不宜过快，过高的跑步强度会增加无氧代谢的比例，还可能会对身体造成过重的负担，进而引起肌肉损伤、酸痛等结果；而如果跑得太慢，又很难达到期待的锻炼效果。

想要更好地控制配速，首先要弄清楚配速的概念。配速，即每公里所需要的时间。配速是马拉松运动的训练中使用的概念。比如一个人跑10公里用了1小时5分钟，那么他的平均配速就是6分30秒，也可以省略单位记为配速630。结合手机APP使用，配速并不需要我们去费心计算。

由于每个人的身体健康状况各不同，在选择配速的时候，要根据实际的身体状况来确定。

要想找到自己的最佳配速，还要根据自身跑步时的实际数据进行调整，需要参考的数据包括：

1、身体调节节奏：每个人都有自己的身体协调节奏，包括呼吸、步伐等，可以通过确保呼吸顺畅、能够连续说4-5个字等方式调节身体节奏。跑步过程中没有头晕、胸闷的话，说明跑步速度可以。

2、心率。心率是指正常人安静状态下每分钟心跳的次数，也叫安静心率，一般为60～100次/分，可因年龄、性别或其他生理因素产生个体差异。一般来说，年龄越小，心率越快，老年人心跳比年轻人慢，女性的心率比同龄男性快，这些都是正常的生理现象。

安静状态下，成人正常心率为60～100次/分钟，理想心率应为55～70次/分钟（运动员的心率较普通成人偏慢，一般为50次/分钟左右）。心率是身体对当前运动强度耐受程度的表现，保持在最大心率的60~80%，可以让身体处在脂肪的高效燃烧阶段。

3、跑步后身体状态。跑步后第二天如果身体疲倦、肌肉酸痛、乏力、关节不适、脉搏跳的快，说明跑步速度过快，应当适当降低配速。如果连续跑步一段时间后，没有感觉到身体有任何变化，可以适当提高配速。

休息

在跑步运动中，休息是一个非常重要的环节。但它却常被排除在跑步健身之外，没有引起人们足够的重视。有些跑步者在耐力方面和速度方面训练得都非常到位，但是，在坚持一段时间以后，却没有收到预想的效果。究其原因，大都是没有做好运动后的休息。所谓“张弛有度”才能达到事半功倍的效果。实践证明，休息环节与跑步运动中的各要素同等重要。

人在跑步时，身体的各部分机能得到了有效的锻炼，但是，与之相对应的，人体也会承受一定的负荷，这些负荷对人体会产生不同程度的消耗或损耗。所以，在跑步结束以后，肌肉组织必须要进行充分的休息，损伤由此减小，最后消失。

长此以往，人们会发现，身体承受负荷的能力在一点点增强，身体也变得越来越强壮，其原因就是运动后的损伤得到了有效的恢复，使身体能适应越来越大的运动强度，最终锻炼的效果也就出来了，故重视休息是每一个跑步者都必须关注的问题。一般来说，可以跑2天休息1天，或跑3天休息1天。

训练跑步的方法

中长跑训练法

一、跑前准备

1、跑步者要在起跑之前做好准备工作，特别是对室外气温的把握。若将跑步的时间选择为清晨，那么，穿着就不能太过单薄，尤其是上腹部要注意保暖，否则，有可能使脾胃功能受到不同程度的影响。

2、跑步者在临出门前，可以喝适量的白开水，能使干渴了一夜的身体得到水的滋养，各关节得以润滑，同时，还能够降低血浓度，促进血液循环和物质代谢。但切忌饮水过量，否则会不利于接下来的跑步运动。

3、一些跑步者习惯到达跑步地点后马上就跑起来，这是错误和不科学的做法。正确的做法是先做好热身运动，如果天气比较寒冷，则要先搓搓手和脸，轻揉两耳廓，戴好手套，以防止冻伤。接着，再对脚踝和膝关节进行充分的活动，最后，深呼一口气，调整好情绪，起跑。

二、跑步过程

跑步开始以后，跑步者的上半身要微微向前倾，目视前方，两只手臂有节奏地向前向后摆动，脚尖触地后，要始终朝向正前方，切忌不可形成“八”字，向后蹬时，腿部发力位置要准确。脚在落地的瞬间，需轻柔，注意动作的缓冲。

长跑时，跑步者脚部触地的方式有两种：—是脚前掌或外掌外侧着地；二是全脚掌落地过渡到前掌蹬地。第一种方法的特点是速度快、效果好，但它的缺点是比较浪费力气。此方法适用于提高成绩的专业运动员。第二种方法的特点是跑步者腿的后面肌肉比较放松，跑起来比较省力气，但它的缺点是速度比较慢。此方法适用于大多数人和初学者。

在中长跑的运动中，调整好呼吸是至关重要的。中长跑属于有氧代谢运动，参与人体各大器官的循环，特别是呼吸系统。跑动时，人体对氧气的需求量是巨大的，这种需求量会随着人运动量以及运动强度的提高而不断增加，所以，跑步者必须注意呼吸节奏，否则就会严重影响跑步的效果。通常情况下，跑步者可以2步一吸或3步一吸，在此期间，注意节奏起伏不宜过快过大。吸气时，可以采用鼻呼吸和口鼻混合吸，可用舌抵住上颚，以避免冷空气直接大量吸入而造成对胸部的刺激。

长跑无论对人的生理还是心理都是一种考验，跑动时，由于氧气供应落后于肌肉的活动需要，所以，身体可能会出现一些不适现象，比如腿发沉、胸发闷，呼吸困难等，这些负面的感受也许会影响到跑步者的情绪，导致人们产生出放弃继续跑下去的念头。此时，正确的做法是适当降低跑速，调节好呼吸节奏，并树立起坚持到底的信心。不久便会发现，那些负面的感受在慢慢缓解，最后消失。

三、跑步结束

跑步结束以后，跑步者要做好放松活动，这对人体的健康是非常必要的。比如，跑步结束后去做些踢腿、纵跳摸高、原地蹦跳等放松动作，在做放松活动的时候，注意两只手臂要适度抖动，这样做，可以放松手臂部的肌肉，使之从紧张状态过渡到放松状态。两个腿交替前后左右自然摆动。而后，将膝盖部抬起，俯身，两只手握拳或者成刀形，对大腿、小腿进行适度的捶打。在做过这些放松运动之后，你会发现，你的运动健身效果会有显著的提高。

短跑的训练方法

短跑一直被人们称为是极限强度运动。生理学、生物化学的理论认为极限强度运动属于由无氧代谢方式供给能量。人们在短跑时，对跑姿的要求非常高，正确的跑姿能够使人的身体各部分器官得到科学的锻炼，并使人们收获预想的效果。反之，不但不会起到锻炼的效果，反而会对身体造成不同程度的影响。

短跑技术要求人的身体微微向前倾，但一定要注意尺度，切不可出现低头弯腰的现象。人的两只手臂应处于弯曲状，并在身体两侧做向前向后摆动。短跑技术要求人体全身性配合，反应需快。在平时的训练中主要从以下几个方面入手。

一、发展爆发力练习

专家指出，爆发力由两部分内容组成，即速度与力量。针对这两部分，人们可采取有针对性的训练。如跳远、负重纵跳、负重深蹲等。

二、发展柔韧练习

柔韧性对跑步者来说是非常重要的素质之一，一个拥有良好柔韧性的跑步者，其身体的各个关节拥有较大的活动幅度，肌肉韧带的伸展能力也较强。特别是在短跑训练中，柔韧性的优越性体现得更为明显。在日常训练中，跑步者可以根据自身的实际情况选择适当的训练方法。如体前屈练习、身体前后快速屈伸等。

三、发展动作速度训练

动作速度是短跑项目的关键因素，对于动作速度的训练可采用多种方法，如重复法、比赛法和游戏法等。对于普通的练习者来说，比赛法是经常被采用的训练方法。在比赛法中，练习者能够保持高涨的情绪，对提高速度起到积极的推动作用。该方法与正式比赛产生的效果基本相同，所以深受人们的喜爱。与此同时，由于在比赛的过程中能引起各种动作变化，还可以防止因经常安排表现最大速度的练习而引起的“速度障碍”。

以上就是对跑步的正确方法与技巧的有关讲解，希望能对您进行跑步锻炼有所助益！

%3Chowto_content%3E[{"type":"paragraph","attrs":{"is_abstract":true},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"掌握科学和正确的跑步方法能够对人起到强身健体、愉悦身心的作用，而不科学和非正确的方法不但不能起到锻炼效果，反而会对人体健康产生一定的负面影响。所以，人们应根据自身的具体情况按照一定的要求进行跑步锻炼。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnqck4SU0s644EAnaezomWih"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"跑步姿势要正确","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnGqscYG6Gs2Mw4cxhb6Xxed"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"正确的跑姿对良好的运动习惯的养成很重要。","id":""},{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"培养正确跑姿的具体做法是：","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"两肩微微提起，两只手臂弯曲成一定的角度，通常情况下，这个角度应为90度。手臂向前向后摆动，幅度不应过大，与此同时，要微微进行上下弹动，肩部稍抬高。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnweOg2ocu8cYKoJc4OchzYe"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":870,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"跑步姿势要正确","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/0e188136dc42415aa5e7142dfa778cca","width":1024},"text":"","id":"doxcn26A4qkgUa8aiI5batrAcrX"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"在跑步的过程中，大腿向前抬起应尽量高些，","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"后蹬","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"充分，步幅以大为宜，且有弹性。这样的跑姿可以让人的腹部肌肉紧张，内肚上提，呼吸均匀、细长、充分而有节奏，跑步中腹肌适当紧张，注意提气，这本身就是对呼吸器官功能的训练，也是对腹肌的锻炼，使腹肌的控制力增强，也是身体健美的有效方法。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnqss82IuQ6S0o69yfhOBlgf"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"头和肩","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnyQ4Wc8yU8IcGWOcdeIhLqc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"跑步动作要领：在跑步的过程中，人的头部和肩部应始终处于稳定状态。目视前方，除非跑动的道路不平坦，否则，不要","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"使","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"身体前倾。肩部要尽量放松，不应出现含胸现象。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnEKCy8KoeSG0CkRrLsP7m2b"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":352,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"头和肩","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/ad160f93c18f44dbafa68ab1cfa6698f","width":578},"text":"","id":"doxcn2qyWI6YOm8w0SOhqEMF24e"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"动力伸拉：耸肩，肩部放松自然下垂，在跑动时，尽可能向上耸，并停留一下，还原后重复。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnU6kcOigGyGCG4kjZqferlc"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":525,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"头和肩","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/8ae40c4089114a0d91c2d4fa32581020","width":776},"text":"","id":"doxcnwwGQKG4OCIE6esSmhrRAbg"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"臂与手","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnm2I4Ou8UIQso2lehNS7XXd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"跑步动作要领：人的手臂在摆动时应是以肩为轴的前后动作，左右动作幅度不超过身体正中线。手指应处于放松状态，与此同时，腕部与臂也要根据运动节奏做相应动作，肘关节的角度应控制在90度。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcng2Au2yEW8WmgCKKAlH5rHb"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":720,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"臂与手","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/86062753f2294fff887cca900b6e68bc","width":1080},"text":"","id":"doxcnIiCags2g2WK4UJkwCIkjMg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"左右动力伸拉：跑步者在抬肘摆臂时，两只手臂一个处于前方，一个处于后方，成预备起跑姿势，后摆臂肘关节要尽可能的向高抬，然后放松前摆。随着跑步的速度加快，臂肘关节也越抬越高。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnaACqwGOsEImOgLbpTgwbde"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":790,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"臂与手","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/2d01d56cce284a669400c7d8723be105","width":915},"text":"","id":"doxcnEIwuI4iaq420mSn6uo5rKe"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"躯干和髋","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn0gW6GYC4w4wOS2o3pXglLh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"跑步动作要领：跑步者从颈部到腹部要一直处于直立状态，错误的跑姿是身体向前倾或者向后仰，正确的跑姿能够让人呼吸顺畅，身体重心保持平衡。身体除不能向前后倾外，也不能向左向右摇晃以及向上向下起伏过大，腿向前摆时，送髋动作需积极主动，跑步时要注意髋部的转动和放松。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcngG4c6amkC0wYWto30KGZn3"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":471,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"躯干和髋","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/c254e45027d149f49efda02e7a76a187","width":640},"text":"","id":"doxcnaaIakyMKaeOo1TnqL06Xfj"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"动力伸拉：弓步压腿，两条腿向前向后呈开立状，距离与肩保持同宽。身体的重心要慢慢向下压，直到使肌肉感到紧张，接着，放松还原。注意躯干要一直保持直立状。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnwc60yGq6oAUgc19FhNQ8Mb"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":430,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"躯干和髋","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/7fcc0db2fd7e42be901d2020ab22b353","width":638},"text":"","id":"doxcn6CSw40EYO8aAOAjdT58DVe"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"腰","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcno8SouCcc04ak0IUEvBmpRe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"跑步动作要领：跑步者的腰部要始终处于直立状，但不能过于挺直。身体肌肉的状态要微微处于紧张，以使躯干能够维持正确的跑姿，与此同时，每跑一步都要注意脚部动作的缓冲。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnk8KucI0a8Au2CQSDHv4mVg"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":1067,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"腰","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/3d6474dec31a459c923e9454bb39f190","width":800},"text":"","id":"doxcnOEiUYskOEyg4QDNWnYTDPb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"动力伸拉：体前屈伸，跑步者呈自然站立状态，两只脚开立，距离保持与肩同宽。身体慢慢向前屈，直至双手下垂对应脚尖的位置，保持这一姿势片刻，然后复原。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcno6oECcOQICgaqYbShQXTJx"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":621,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"腰","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/9adcd2d489014d1295ad5641d28ef359","width":900},"text":"","id":"doxcnQiYEYOo4UyOIwClBmiKO0K"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"大腿和膝","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnQuiWuO0WSsickt3kp6Pkhd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"跑步动作要领：跑步者的大腿和膝部向前摆，力量稍大，这里需要注意的是，大腿与膝部的动作是向前摆而不是向上抬。腿的任何侧向动作都是多余的，而且容易引起膝关节受伤，因此大腿的前摆要正。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnAmUc2sqSuioQqVrIZ9eclb"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":519,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"大腿和膝","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/343f077ce9764c1fbf1eaaeaa6807b56","width":900},"text":"","id":"doxcnAKICuEsyIeQgm40DwcJlOc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"动力拉伸：前弓身，跑步者的两只脚站距同髋宽，两只手置于头后位置，从髋关节屈体向前，使腰背处于挺直状，直到股二头肌感到紧张。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnKewAsaEUsCOcUDB2TtfqIb"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":509,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"大腿和膝","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/214a343ab4d84a28ac68508d068e9d89","width":640},"text":"","id":"doxcnsU0QeAkyyq4m4q4WBtiaMe"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"小腿与跟腱","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnMQ8squg2kaWw2LuMAA16rb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"跑步动作要领：跑步者的脚应该落于身体前的位置，通常情况下，这一位置应在体前约1尺处，以靠近正中线为宜。小腿不应跨得太远，否则，跟腱可能会受到损伤。与此同时，跑步者还应该注意小腿肌肉和跟腱在着地时的缓冲，落地时小腿应积极向后扒地，使身体积极向前。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn4IAo42GgOIccrwZ8FskBKI"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"除此之外，小腿向前摆动时，方向要控制得准确，即前摆要正，脚朝前，切忌不能出现外翻或后翻现象，正确的小腿和脚的运动方向可以有效地保护膝关节和踝关节。可在沙滩上跑步时检查脚印以作参考。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcneSi2gCAAqC0ucVmldhdN1b"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":720,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"小腿与跟腱","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/242f28a7083f4a9d889e3b5d280e801e","width":960},"text":"","id":"doxcngcmaKcg8cOmYvOEd9R0NcE"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"动力伸拉：撑壁提踵，跑步者面向墙壁站立，与墙的距离可控制在1米左右，两只手臂向前伸，两手之间的距离与肩同宽，手稳稳撑于墙壁。提踵，再放下，感觉小腿和跟腱紧张。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnWMiy2WuUgkA0YdrVwCz9he"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":504,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"小腿与跟腱","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/37d07d3f1f3546eea33e90355e5bc857","width":770},"text":"","id":"doxcnEkauEOgGCoiaAZpaB1D2pe"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"脚跟与脚趾","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcngcgSyQi22ouacDirCDPeLd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"跑步动作要领：跑步者要控制好跑动的步幅，如果过大，小腿向前伸出距离过远，则会以脚跟触地，产生制动刹车反作用力，这一力量对人体的骨骼以及关节的损伤是非常大的。正确落地应以脚的中部触地，并让冲击力快速分散至全脚掌。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnOQaGsc8yIcMSqMppJJKsde"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":481,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"脚跟与脚趾","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/812c8723b00b44b7943e0af4bfc19b1f","width":640},"text":"","id":"doxcn0mQ6ECIWWsO0gBCm2ddmhh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"动力伸拉：坐式伸踝，跑步者跪于地面，臀部与脚跟要贴近，上半身处于直立状。缓缓向下给踝关节压力，直到趾伸肌与脚前掌感到足够拉力，然后抬臀后重复","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"，动作要有节奏，缓慢。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnEce0g2s8SYowMxbcIVCSTb"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":768,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"脚跟与脚趾","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/b36c11e8d62e49c699784147c26d9493","width":1152},"text":"","id":"doxcnyUIEaKASEa4istF0cd1ggd"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"跑步健身要科学","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnE40Sgq84Y06yEnsoRk4Msc"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"在体育锻炼上应当循序渐进","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnes4mWyICKO8UKYeTRv4IWd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"进行跑步锻炼以后，每天最好要有一个运动记录，这样，有利于日后对自己的运动效果有一个全面的掌握。运动记录包括如下内容：","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnW8SwUus0kEkoyczejauEIb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、跑步锻炼的性质，每天跑步的具体内容，以及持续的日期和每次跑步时所用的时间。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcniUCiakWEqeKCEv5L0Na1qd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、每天在跑步之前，跑步的过程中，以及跑步后，身体都有哪些不同的感觉。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcngUQOCSMqY2gOWQx4wSrnre"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、锻炼后，自己的食欲和睡眠方面有了哪些变化。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnYyKomAIYyMYUOM7UCtp82c"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"4、有无继续参加锻炼的愿望。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnyyOA0IKuoMUySGaOca31ec"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"5、脉搏跳动情况。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn2m4u60E2EUeKOk32Ds6vGf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"除上述几项内容，跑步者还可以根据自身实际情况，增减内容，比如对于患有某种疾病或是跑步减肥的人，可以有针对性的进行信息积累。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnAOC6I6qAoYmCsZZbiZirPe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"人们可以从运动记录中分析出运动量的大小并及时对锻炼进行必要的调整。通常情况下，人在跑步时，前5分钟过后，脉搏跳动不应超过每分钟120次。10分钟后，不应超过每分钟100次。如果脉率大大超过了这一范围，或者出现身体不适现象，必须减少运动量。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnMucEMcuAUYQCaEdgdeMZ8g"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"基本原则","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnuOQeGQIGGagQiKiHCD72Ud"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"为了能够让跑步成为科学的健身方式，在跑步时还需要遵循一些基本的原则：","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnOK44syWGcWm6sne9abaved"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、跑步并不需要天天进行。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnCQUg8mKuQook4Cbqun6p4b"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、每周可以抽出1天到2天的时间进行一些低强度的训练，比如在功率自行车上进行有氧、出汗的训练。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnkGkOkc8kMyKy6DFNksMciL"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、在跑步锻炼的计划中，最好加入一些步行活动。比赛应该少一点。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnqOSKGg0IQGwOyg2yrbYatc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"4、在没有比赛任务的情况下，可以进行适当的锻炼，以维护体能，人们可以尝试降低运动量的方法，保持成绩和坚持降低训练量。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnQ6O8s482QKMkY52nrfH5Vf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"5、有计划地进行深层组织按摩。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnUM2wCm8Aeyco40IGL4dZCd"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"不同的跑步健身法","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnKKkuKEwCuQo2Ssm5HSmEXf"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"跑步健身的具体方法","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnAa8cyCsMAyGQKQ274bKKWh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"一、慢速放松跑","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn6qW6wkeQica8M3iH7bJSGh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"慢速放松跑是一种比较悠闲，令人倍感舒适的运动方式。在跑步的过程中，身体不必过多发力，无疲劳感。跑步者的心率不会太高，通常情况下，在每分钟110次至130次之间。慢速跑时，人的呼吸保持自然、顺畅的状态，微微出现气喘现象属于正常。人的身体从静止状态到运动状态需要进行一段时间的适应，所以，在慢跑的最初，人们不可急于求成，不可以","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"在只跑一小段路程后","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"就开始加速。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnqEwagqMEmGucmQClHeRkLc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"正确的做法是循序渐进地加大强度。","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"在跑步的过程中，对身体各部位的动作没有严格的要求，总体上说就是以跑步者感到舒适为佳。每次跑完步，跑步者应该感到身心放松和愉悦，相反，如果感到身体的某一部位有不适感，就要及时找出原因，并给予纠正，以免长期采用错误的跑步方法，有损自身健康。慢速跑每周可以进行2次到3次，每次跑步的时间控制在20分钟左右。长期坚持慢速放松跑，可以对人的呼吸系统、心血管系统等有明显的健身效果。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnM8Iaa24E4eMIaIvADFk2Wg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"配速建议：一般情况下，女生7-9km/h,男生8-10km/h。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnaECey0CYEIS8sdDyskWuBb"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":560,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"跑步健身的具体方法","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/7c330928b1234529b98ad7888ef5fe77","width":823},"text":"","id":"doxcnsW2w2iCMiQgQKOBvQoJP8d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"二、中速跑步方法","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnAq2iYkyWI6EExUFJjCTyIZ"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"中速跑要求跑步者有一定的意志努力，速度较慢速跑有明显的提升，通常情况下，控制在每秒5米的状态。心率也随之有所提高，一般在每分钟140次至150次之间。中速跑是比较受人们欢迎的中等强度健身法。长期坚持中速跑，对人体心脏功能的增强有明显的效果，与此同时，它还对调节人体内脏平衡等有显著的效果。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnQiEuuEGCCUmGqk42UjTaeV"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"跑步者在中速跑之前，要先进行一定量的热身运动，在跑动的过程中，如果身体产生不适感，要立刻停止跑步，做一些放松练习。","id":""},{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"专家建议每周练习1次至2次为宜。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnSymOYScUCw4ga8iNfTHqDg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"配速建议：中速跑配速一般在5分30秒到6分。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnM0seIaw6uI8UqKwpZ70Nae"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":450,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"跑步健身的具体方法","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/e1c7550d4b08487c97168a1b3e4cf53e","width":720},"text":"","id":"doxcnmC4cIMQKmoayAvb3LOj5Hb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"三、快速跑步方法","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnW8MGUQYS6cK02I4EXI00gu"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"快速跑需要跑步者有较大的意志努力，在跑步的过程中，保持高速动作，心率会处于人体最高水平，通常情况下，每分钟在170次至180次左右。","id":""},{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"它是一种高强度的运动，所以，持续的时间不宜过长，一般几秒钟，根据跑步者的具体情况，重复练习。","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"每周练习快速跑1次至2次，每次重复3次至6次。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcna6UMKGcAeYiEIVxGxpEaLh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"做快速跑练习要遵循循序渐进的方法，开始之前，跑步者要做好身体的预热活动，另外，还要防止过度疲劳。长期进行快速跑练习，对提高人体无氧耐受力、肌肉功能，以及心脏功能有一定作用。但有内脏慢性病、心血管、肝，肾病者，尤为不能练习，防止病情加重。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnuykSQCeMyEmCS2A5rNbsnc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"配速建议：快速跑配速一般在4分30秒到5分。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnIoQus82KwMaYmC1mr7rajf"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":540,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"跑步健身的具体方法","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/444e7adbcbab4e888af200a6d28b0d2a","width":796},"text":"","id":"doxcnkqYiyaAOEsmsRNjhWidhsh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"四、变速跑步法","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnMgqeQ4AoICsyEnun4KdYEt"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"所谓变速跑就是在跑动的过程中，跑动速度会有一定的变化。这种变化没有一个标准的规定，跑步者可以根据自身的具体情况，合理调整。调整的原则是跑步者身体未出现不适感。变速跑是快慢结合、走跑结合的运动方式。变速跑的运动强度中等，所以它比较适合于中年人。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnIAcqoQCWYEaoWSGMIjRk4b"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"一般情况下，身体素质较好的中年人，可快跑与慢跑相结合；身体素质较弱的中年人，可慢跑与走步交替练习。在跑动的过程中，密切注意自己的身体变化，当出现不适感时，必须停止跑步，进行休息。为达到一定的锻炼效果，变速跑需要坚持一定的时间，直到身体出现明显的疲劳时，再结束练习，接着，做一些放松活动，并循序渐进地提高练习标准。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn6EuGmoQowy2yYpT3sTrezg"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":387,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"跑步健身的具体方法","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/194ae20d38004208a83bc29675f717f9","width":640},"text":"","id":"doxcnEUa84kEWAqYYorlNoiBNDf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"五、定时跑步法","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcna2aSgWOwo0o2YXWjVwxNRc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"定时跑就是在固定的时间内进行跑步练习的方法。也可以进行一下变通，限定一定的跑程，以缩短跑步时间进行练习。比较常见的定时跑有12分钟跑和6分钟跑。","id":""},{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"跑步者可根据自身的情况，选择最适合自己的定时跑进行练习。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnamcmiuA4yoymCeNnMtOtAe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"定时跑可以评定锻炼效果和身体功能水平。长期坚持定时跑的人，能够帮助自己了解身体状况，在定时跑的过程中，如果出现明显的疲劳，应及时调整运动强度，甚至停止练习，并做好跑步后的放松活动。无论进行何种健身运动，都要以循序渐进为原则，切不可急于求成。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnsUCUqi20MAE0mYyibQnyge"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":533,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"跑步健身的具体方法","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/d83e6874a4c142b2be21bcf87190f134","width":800},"text":"","id":"doxcnKUseOsQ2QwsISGvG5hHwLe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"六、原地跑练习法","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnQquK4o0ya420Gi8klM7ymg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"原地跑练习就是练习者在固定的一小块区域进行跑步练习，比如在房间里或是跑台上。因为这种方法不受场地、气候等条件的约束，所以它更加便捷。原地跑练习应持续较长的时间才能收获到锻炼身体的效果。","id":""},{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"通常情况下，应至少进行10分钟以上，在练习的过程中，跑步者应将大腿高高抬起，重复次数加快些，锻炼效果就好些。","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"原地跑练习适用于无法进行户外跑步的人群，它可以作为疾病康复保健练习之一。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnKmWsSwIAc8Ucyy68F4rPvb"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":630,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"跑步健身的具体方法","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/118a67355354460085771ea58ec9ab9d","width":950},"text":"","id":"doxcnUqW2y8gUS8k4VBD8jnMpK7"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"除上述方法外，跑步锻炼还包括负重跑、障碍跑、变向跑等。练习者可根据自身的情况，有针对性的进行锻炼。但需要注意的是，","id":""},{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"在进行跑步锻炼之前，跑步者必须要进行准备活动，使身体由静止状态进入到运动状态，而且在跑步的过程中，也应该遵循由慢到快，再由快到慢渐渐放松的原则","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"。对于环境的选择也是至关重要的，要尽可能的选择空气清新，无污染的地方进行跑步锻炼。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnwm2WmIg2IKcc6BdKvVK28d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"另外，人们还要坚持抗疲劳练习，这对于提高身体素质十分重要。跑步者要从自身的体质、健康条件出发，灵活掌握、选择跑步练习方法和运动量。坚持经常跑步锻炼，一定能取得满意的健康效果。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnuiWyW0Q2Wi8qgNu4QuMNP3"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"不同跑步方式的动作要领","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnqwycKSCiS6O6qxFEh7Rr3A"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"一、小步跑","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnSoKMiO2ikMkgIbkbKR4I3c"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"步者身体自然放松，上半身处于正直状，或者身体稍向前倾，切忌不可出现身体后仰现象，向后倾是一种错误的跑姿，尤其对于初期练习者，必须严格纠正错误跑姿，否则养成坏习惯后，纠正起来就会变得非常困难。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnGaacSi2cAA0IW2rZCag2Qd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"准备跑步前，将身体的重心向高抬，骨盆前挺，注意身体各部位的变化，以全身感到舒展为宜。膝关节放松，接着，两条腿交替屈膝抬举后，快速放松下落，小腿顺势向前迈一小步，用前脚掌着地，完成“扒”地动作，并迅速伸直踝、膝、髋关节。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnS8kMUceIsQcGUJ01G0FS4I"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"与此同时，跑步者的两只手臂屈肘，此时，要掌握好身体的重心，注意肩部要处于放松状态，跑者的上下肢相协调配合，双臂动作与两腿动作保持一致，双臂前后摆动，初跑时摆动幅度不宜过大。跑步动作可以有效地增强人体关节的灵活性，同时，还会使人的动作频率得以提高，对改进跑的速度和技术有很大帮助。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnUSo6kCw46W8E2ZAB7hwDnh"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":562,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"不同跑步方式的动作要领","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/5995737af84c432b8a48b6226f415b0d","width":752},"text":"","id":"doxcnuWeGAsgo8UgSCMysFa3ADf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnioKm2Go0WWWk6LMEr6YFjf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"二、侧身滑步跑","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnO4M6iEYEWW8yEBBjWCPcyc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"侧身滑步跑","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"就是向身体的两侧进行跑动。跑步者身体呈自然放松状态，分别向左向右进行跑动。当向左跑时，其右脚应先从左脚之前向左移动一次，左脚则从右脚之后向左移动一步，右脚再从左脚之后向左跑一步，左脚则从右脚之前向左跑一步，如此为一复步。向右跑时，左右脚方向正好相反。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn8qgOs8cSac2qAdJPDjVD9d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"在跑动的过程中，跑步者应密切观察身体各部位的变化，如出现不适，立刻停止跑动，及时找出问题出现的原因，并给予纠正。完成侧身滑步跑时，应该牢记左右脚移动以在一条线上为宜。根据自身的具体情况，可以先向左边跑十几步，再反向右跑十几步。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnuWgIeA4SQ6QI2rnrbvJ1Rb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"侧身滑步跑可以缓解其他跑步方式的疲劳感，使人体的全身肌肉关节充分活动，增加机体的灵活性和平衡能力。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn82ga6skaoAgi8zV0mrZW3d"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":911,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"不同跑步方式的动作要领","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/154ec6e823f54f168ec45c4ce823c157","width":1620},"text":"","id":"doxcncCkiGeQGigsaeS7jRzQoJo"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"三、高抬腿跑","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnguESi6oq88cuYr1Pn7WCKb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"跑步者身体呈自然放松状态，上半身正直，或微微向前倾，但切忌不可出现向后倾现象。向后倾是一种错误的跑姿，尤其对于初期练习者，必须严格纠正错误跑姿，否则养成坏习惯后，纠正起来就会变得非常困难。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnyCQ84I2sWusyW0wqfLl2Tc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"准备跑步之前，调整好身体重心，使之慢慢提高，骨盆前挺，动作幅度不宜过大，速度不宜过快，以全身感到放松舒展为宜。准备姿势就绪以后，跑步开始，跑步者先将一条腿的膝部进行弯曲，并向高抬起，大腿与躯干之间，形成一定的角度，角度以直角为最宜，接着，积极下压，用前脚掌着地，并迅速伸直踝、膝、髋三个关节，与此同时，两条手臂屈肘配合抬腿动作，完成向前向后的摆动动作。动作结束后，再换另一条腿，两脚交替进行。这种跑步方式可增强腿部肌群的力量，提高关节的灵活性、柔韧性和动作频率，对提高跑步成绩大有帮助。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnUo88KaMM4oI8l8puTyJcI1"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":560,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"不同跑步方式的动作要领","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/da4891fd6a5e42af94923a15a3649548","width":894},"text":"","id":"doxcnsaM8KEGkIyuIeEmJbihe0g"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"四、旋转跑","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn4qi8su2gyKQMS6WnYCvyIh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"这是一种方向随时发生变化的跑步运动，也被人们称为倒序运动。旋转跑之前，跑步者身体需呈放松状态，由于这是一个对重心平衡性要求非常高的运动方式，所以，在跑动之前，跑步者需做好准备，可以原地先进行几次旋转，熟悉调整重心时的方法，做好准备工作以后，跑步开始。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnms26EGqIgyeM2L3VeNuHCg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"在进行旋转跑时，跑步者要将向前跑、侧身跑等几种方式结合起来。由于方向上的变化十分灵活，所以，跑步者的跑速不宜过快，切记自身安全，谨防摔伤。实践证明，旋转跑能够促进全身血液循环和脑部供氧功能，使各器官得到锻炼，有利于提高人体平衡能力。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnKiceqoqOEag22FPEhvQFgb"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":502,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"不同跑步方式的动作要领","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/db1c3ad5926643ad844c57946deefe32","width":672},"text":"","id":"doxcnCAKGKgcIkGSaam2uEgdX6b"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"五、原地支撑后蹬跑","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnioacKYc0SyMuAewrFsGgfU"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"练习者身体呈自然放松状态，骨盆向前倾，使身体姿势有利于后蹬动作，上半身向前倾，","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"后蹬腿","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"充分伸直。此时，人体的髋部、膝部和踝关节应处在同一条线上。注意保持重心稳定，接着，脚趾扒地腾空，另一条腿膝盖领先向前上方摆出。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn666MgSOkeCcmwHlTZQm0bc"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":452,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"不同跑步方式的动作要领","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/08527cd0602949ccbba2c09c601d2cc1","width":802},"text":"","id":"doxcnoWI0k22QgAWsymO300inId"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"长期坚持原地支撑","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"后蹬跑可","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"增强髋、膝、踝关节伸肌力量，提高跑步速度。","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"在进行原地支撑后蹬跑时","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"，练习者要注意动作的每一个要点，保持动作的正确性。由于没有过多的运动量，所以，该方式很少会造成练习者身体受伤的情况。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcne0IA8aOeMyUIMxSJMeWj9b"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"六、变速跑","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn0Cg6mgWaMg6k6w6haLzisg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"跑步者在跑动的过程中，结合自身的实际情况，快跑一段距离，再慢跑一阵儿，使跑速始终处于快慢交替的状态。一般开始时采取较慢速度的变速跑，当身体慢慢适应了运动状态以后，再逐渐提高速度，增加运动量。长期采用变速跑锻炼，对人体的耐力发展有很大的好处，而且还能提高机体的速度耐力素质，提高各项生理机能。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnUuUooUIS8aQqSijBKllYUe"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"跑步训练的基本要求","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnI8OiewyCE0s6UrlXFlbYDh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"跑步训练有4个基本的要素：耐力、力量、速度和休息。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnsyOy4yiOmGMgIjpnewtomc"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"耐力","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnqySSq4eiCq0CQfGYSkYeCb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"有人将提高跑步运动强度的过程比喻成金字塔式的，参加最高级的比赛是到达了金字塔的塔尖，而处于金字塔最底部的人就是初级跑步者，对于这部分人来说，耐力是极为重要的。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnuSkaMaGEuQ6SiwrbotlQ3e"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"每一个追求健康的跑步者，都不能有急于求成的心理，特别是在提高运动强度时，要循序渐进，清楚基础的重要性。万事开头难，耐力练习对人的毅力是非常大的考验。现实生活中，很多跑步者会被耐力练习击败，从而结束自己的跑步锻炼计划。实践证明，没有良好的耐力基础，较大强度的力量工作和速度工作是不可能做到的。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn2U0Egkk8MKcoii0bCDiQgg"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"力量","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn6uaAi42IoG4cYsdBYwDunb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"一、手臂","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcneyYCISOqUGE0CS7HpSZJJe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"跑步运动是全身性运动，科学掌握两只手臂的摆动动作至关重要，它不仅能够使跑步者在跑动的过程中更加轻松，对其成绩的提高也有明显的促进作用。在日常训练中，练习者可以通过一些简单的俯卧撑练习增加上臂的力量。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnsK08GOU0C4WOYHldB5RpJb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"在做俯卧撑的过程中，要注意控制速度，还要根据自身的情况，调整训练强度。在训练的过程中，若身体出现不适现象，必须马上停止运动，找出原因，有针对性地进行调整。在速度上，不宜过快，要以身体不感到疲惫为宜。与此同时，注意手臂摆动时两臂之间的宽度，加强背部、肩部和臂部之间的力量协调，它们将在长跑的最后阶段起重要的作用。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnusUKGcUSAy8WSy92e5nfNf"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":400,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"力量","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/e19a871f264b4ed4bf8b623584ebc4cf","width":600},"text":"","id":"doxcnUucE2eQig0ceWOcvwlmwkh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"在训练强度上，跑步者要根据自身的实际情况，慢慢加大，切忌一口气做得太多。","id":""},{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"初学者练习俯卧撑可以进行两组，每组15到20下；有一定基础的运动者则可做3组，每组20下；高水平人士可以尝试4组30到50下的俯卧撑锻炼。","id":""},{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"而后，再根据实际情况和力量的增加而逐渐增加次数。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcniSqKGwC60gEG6YQM8g019f"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"二、腹部","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcniOCayQm0AW4qYZdV17QhPh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"跑步时，腹部肌肉发挥着非常重要的作用。跑步者要针对腹部肌肉进行有效的训练，具体做法是：跑步者有计划、有规律地做仰卧起坐练习。该练习可使背部、腰部、腹部肌肉得到锻炼。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnqwKaaSQieKw64s5vvTj27c"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"在最初的训练中，练习者要根据自身的情况，从低强度做起。","id":""},{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"推荐每组做10~20个，每次锻炼可以做3~5组，当熟悉这种运动强度以后，可以逐渐增加，以循序渐进的方式增加到每组为20~30个，每天做4~6组，组与组之间可休息一分钟左右，休息时间不宜太长，大概坚持三个月左右，可看到腹部有明显减小的效果，其实是腹部的肌肉群得到了锻炼，达到紧致作用。","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"在","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"练习的过程中，密切注意身体各部位的变化，如出现不适，必须马上停止练习，找出原因，及时地做出调整。随着时间的推移，再慢慢加大训练强度。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnIYIYWAG0WC2KkFUwAnC8ub"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":652,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"力量","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/b6f4567e92524aba8282c46493af9bfe","width":1080},"text":"","id":"doxcnEGwWIKEc0OeSKefX5X9H3d"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"速度","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnWqQaaUAYIqcmSqFO4sxryc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"速度训练的方法有很多。比如到一个适合跑步的场地，重复进行各种短距离跑。再如从高处快速跑向低处。又如参加不同类型的赛跑比赛。速度训练适用于各类以跑步为健身方式的人群，特别是对于老年人来说，其作用更为显著。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnY8AKo8sQcYc4Xsic8Fc9LL"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":861,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"速度","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/20eb6c3b749a4c1caf1cf63871a36292","width":1080},"text":"","id":"doxcniUEmySWQimwEeQoDNcjuce"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"一、提高速度的方式","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnSIGiOEOUSOYGOWse6SC2Of"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"提高速度的方式有两种，一是增加步频，二是增大步幅。","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"通常情况下，增加步频比增大步幅对人体更具安全性。这是因为步幅的增大会造成步幅过大，进而会引起某些生物力学上的问题和运动损伤。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn8Y64YMQyGw0m0cka5drlCd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"二、寻找最佳配速","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnEAemYKqEsISI2Pdkb6kSmh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"正确的配速可以帮助我们降低身体负担，同时达到最大效率的燃脂效果。无论对于减肥还是想增强体质的人来说，跑步速度都不宜过快，过高的跑步强度会增加无氧代谢的比例，还可能会对身体造成过重的负担，进而引起肌肉损伤、酸痛等结果；而如果跑得太慢，又很难达到期待的锻炼效果。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnYI20KAOM0ocCyfiCUzeHVL"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"想要更好地控制配速，首先要弄清楚配速的概念。配速，即每公里所需要的时间。配速是马拉松运动的训练中使用的概念。比如一个人跑10公里用了1小时5分钟，那么他的平均配速就是6分30秒，也可以省略单位记为配速630。结合手机APP使用，配速并不需要我们去费心计算。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnSMMmiIiMgguuYyK4P4NvhQ"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"由于每个人的身体健康状况各不同，在选择配速的时候，要根据实际的身体状况来确定。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn4yIG4c04CeQWATMb9E8Xgh"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":230,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"速度","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/3bfa9946bda44447a8bb5ca6d4710213","width":692},"text":"","id":"doxcn2Ikkwcyc2CKGYlb4f7ZqRi"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"要想找到自己的最佳配速，还要根据自身跑步时的实际数据进行调整，需要参考的数据包括：","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcniciI2Imi0iOQs66uDAgSZ0"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"1、身体调节节奏：","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"每个人都有自己的身体协调节奏，包括呼吸、步伐等，可以通过确保呼吸顺畅、能够连续说4-5个字等方式调节身体节奏。跑步过程中没有头晕、胸闷的话，说明跑步速度可以。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnGkqC4GwWQugAgPXlxBLsbh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"2、心率。","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"心率是指正常人安静状态下每分钟心跳的次数，也叫安静心率，一般为60～100次/分，可因年龄、性别或其他生理因素产生个体差异。一般来说，年龄越小，心率越快，老年人心跳比年轻人慢，女性的心率比同龄男性快，这些都是正常的生理现象。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnO6sCaa2AOq2KU7kUmNzy5d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"安静状态下，成人正常心率为60～100次/分钟，理想心率应为55～70次/分钟（运动员的心率较普通成人偏慢，一般为50次/分钟左右）。心率是身体对当前运动强度耐受程度的表现，保持在最大心率的60~80%，可以让身体处在脂肪的高效燃烧阶段。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnyuS4AyUAswE89vVoamxCIO"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"3、跑步后身体状态。","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"跑步后第二天如果身体疲倦、肌肉酸痛、乏力、关节不适、脉搏跳的快，说明跑步速度过快，应当适当降低配速。如果连续跑步一段时间后，没有感觉到身体有任何变化，可以适当提高配速。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcneGuAEg0kaO6KW4BXluxkvb"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"休息","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnmAGcEYCyCOMk2bURbORkKb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"在跑步运动中，休息是一个非常重要的环节。但它却常被排除在跑步健身之外，没有引起人们足够的重视。有些跑步者在耐力方面和速度方面训练得都非常到位，但是，在坚持一段时间以后，却没有收到预想的效果。究其原因，大都是没有做好运动后的休息。所谓“张弛有度”才能达到事半功倍的效果。","id":""},{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"实践证明，休息环节与跑步运动中的各要素同等重要。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnWawcuaM0kUQ8uezEkEgiXc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"人在跑步时，身体的各部分机能得到了有效的锻炼，但是，与之相对应的，人体也会承受一定的负荷，这些负荷对人体会产生不同程度的消耗或损耗。所以，在跑步结束以后，肌肉组织必须要进行充分的休息，损伤由此减小，最后消失。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnwMCSYW4MEsis234P3XLzLh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"长此以往，人们会发现，身体承受负荷的能力在一点点增强，身体也变得越来越强壮，其原因就是运动后的损伤得到了有效的恢复，使身体能适应越来越大的运动强度，最终锻炼的效果也就出来了，故重视休息是每一个跑步者都必须关注的问题。","id":""},{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"一般来说，可以跑2天休息1天，或跑3天休息1天。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnEKOiYyYySia6S9BkVyFEpb"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":800,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"休息","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/78427d9b8edf41f08de596f012da68e8","width":1200},"text":"","id":"doxcnOcamKKIEuM26GyVe5VmM9b"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"训练跑步的方法","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnyeSgmwyGM4as4Ho8AOlxJh"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"中长跑训练法","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnUKaqyESsmayQIBrIt5DBUf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"一、跑前准备","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcni468IYmIMSm6ak3biSuNQf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、跑步者要在起跑之前做好准备工作，特别是","id":""},{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"对室外气温的把握","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"。若将跑步的时间选择为清晨，那么，穿着就不能太过单薄，尤其是上腹部要注意保暖，否则，有可能使脾胃功能受到不同程度的影响。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnw0QOCyMQwYIA2njscX99of"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、跑步者在临出门前，可以","id":""},{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"喝适量的白开水","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"，能使干渴了一夜的身体得到水的滋养，各关节得以润滑，同时，还能够降低血浓度，促进血液循环和物质代谢。但切忌饮水过量，否则会不利于接下来的跑步运动。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnK2oqm84ck8o6GC45uOUqxd"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":721,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"中长跑训练法","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/fd01abce694f47f59e7cf29acc430c9a","width":1080},"text":"","id":"doxcngO08wWOSmokkEPbp1AqnRc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、一些跑步者习惯到达跑步地点后马上就跑起来，这是错误和不科学的做法。正确的做法是","id":""},{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"先做好热身运动","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"，如果天气比较寒冷，则要先搓搓手和脸，轻揉两耳廓，戴好手套，以防止冻伤。接着，再对脚踝和膝关节进行充分的活动，最后，深呼一口气，调整好情绪，起跑。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnCIocGcI0YCawALWgxl5vMg"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":711,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"中长跑训练法","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/2452c17c679a449a997d55207e93af54","width":1080},"text":"","id":"doxcnSyCUM4WqKAuKQvyAGQRuld"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"二、跑步过程","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnC6yUWAkECCGmWmGb3AWMtg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"跑步开始以后，跑步者的上半身要微微向前倾，目视前方，两只手臂有节奏地向前向后摆动，脚尖触地后，要始终朝向正前方，切忌不可形成“八”字，向后蹬时，腿部发力位置要准确。脚在落地的瞬间，需轻柔，注意动作的缓冲。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnkCWQ4S6C0YWk8jJvNrRFRh"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":660,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"中长跑训练法","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/bf028b30204545f4a3db5e7f93f283db","width":660},"text":"","id":"doxcnQkUYgcsYm6Q20OI4bHyhnB"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"长跑时，跑步者脚部触地的方式有两种：—是脚前掌或外掌外侧着地；二是全脚掌落地过渡到前掌蹬地。第一种方法的特点是速度快、效果好，但它的缺点是比较浪费力气。此方法适用于提高成绩的专业运动员。第二种方法的特点是跑步者腿的后面肌肉比较放松，跑起来比较省力气，但它的缺点是速度比较慢。此方法适用于大多数人和初学者。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnIWW0aKka2UmuurwwlaVLZv"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"在中长跑的运动中，调整好呼吸是至关重要的。","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"中长跑属于有氧代谢运动，参与人体各大器官的循环，特别是呼吸系统。跑动时，人体对氧气的需求量是巨大的，这种需求量会随着人运动量以及运动强度的提高而不断增加，所以，跑步者必须注意呼吸节奏，否则就会严重影响跑步的效果。","id":""},{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"通常情况下，跑步者可以2步一吸或3步一吸，在此期间，注意节奏起伏不宜过快过大。","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"吸气时，可以采用鼻呼吸和口鼻混合吸，可用舌抵住上颚，以避免冷空气直接大量吸入而造成对胸部的刺激。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcneQiUYQgeKOCysJDaHY9Xtg"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":720,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"中长跑训练法","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/c71eb87c64eb48b4bd2d8c39a8c63c95","width":1080},"text":"","id":"doxcnoQkYoIyUg4qKIodbGIezif"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"长跑无论对人的生理还是心理都是一种考验，跑动时，由于氧气供应落后于肌肉的活动需要，所以，身体可能会出现一些不适现象，比如腿发沉、胸发闷，呼吸困难等，这些负面的感受也许会影响到跑步者的情绪，导致人们产生出放弃继续跑下去的念头。此时，正确的做法是适当降低跑速，调节好呼吸节奏，并树立起坚持到底的信心。不久便会发现，那些负面的感受在慢慢缓解，最后消失。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnWO0OmYgy2QgQYvCmkiZGpe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"三、跑步结束","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnQe4UEkAwGWs2kdd2IiXaSf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"跑步结束以后，跑步者要做好放松活动，这对人体的健康是非常必要的。比如，跑步结束后去做些踢腿、纵跳摸高、原地蹦跳等放松动作，在做放松活动的时候，注意两只手臂要适度抖动，这样做，可以放松手臂部的肌肉，使之从紧张状态过渡到放松状态。两个腿交替前后左右自然摆动。而后，将膝盖部抬起，俯身，两只手握拳或者成刀形，对大腿、小腿进行适度的捶打。在做过这些放松运动之后，你会发现，你的运动健身效果会有显著的提高。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnkOyoCIe8sIwsas9qmpyp6g"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":640,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"中长跑训练法","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/138ec872056648899b41c66010f135ed","width":1280},"text":"","id":"doxcnGuCYAQceweyGALoXRNpMuU"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"短跑的训练方法","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnQCISWUQqeqKuI1akOrJXPc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"短跑一直被人们称为是极限强度运动。生理学、生物化学的理论认为极限强度运动属于由无氧代谢方式供给能量。人们在短跑时，对跑姿的要求非常高，正确的跑姿能够使人的身体各部分器官得到科学的锻炼，并使人们收获预想的效果。反之，不但不会起到锻炼的效果，反而会对身体造成不同程度的影响。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn4qMiAoAS20EawHl2ZmbpSf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"短跑技术要求人的身体微微向前倾，但一定要注意尺度，切不可出现低头弯腰的现象。人的两只手臂应处于弯曲状，并在身体两侧做向前向后摆动。短跑技术要求人体全身性配合，反应需快。在平时的训练中主要从以下几个方面入手。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnE6IMwmGEayWiwzIlKBVuhu"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":504,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"短跑的训练方法","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/0a70b39063a549b7bf49d4632067a3dc","width":640},"text":"","id":"doxcnASMoosgOS6s6wTSgwjqLcc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"一、发展爆发力练习","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnoIIAIQyumqk2CQ8vNIFeGg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"专家指出，爆发力由两部分内容组成，即速度与力量。针对这两部分，人们可采取有针对性的训练。如跳远、负重纵跳、负重深蹲等。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnEkOyU2EwOKMAE32DRflb5f"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":730,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"短跑的训练方法","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/9faa3be781584ad4a836f3071eefd301","width":1290},"text":"","id":"doxcnImemya8akMaqyMLX1XE2zc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"二、发展柔韧练习","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnSMKWsS6M6E806Dsi5gDmWc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"柔韧性对跑步者来说是非常重要的素质之一，一个拥有良好柔韧性的跑步者，其身体的各个关节拥有较大的活动幅度，肌肉韧带的伸展能力也较强。特别是在短跑训练中，柔韧性的优越性体现得更为明显。在日常训练中，跑步者可以根据自身的实际情况选择适当的训练方法。如体前屈练习、身体前后快速屈伸等。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcniI2IwceCaaYo0i1CfQl7mc"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":955,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"短跑的训练方法","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/c51bd93082be419da8bb5fec6351a6d9","width":1704},"text":"","id":"doxcnUW0AeM8yaSoygBaEjFlFAf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"三、发展动作速度训练","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcneCi0CI8CIUMOc7vjYLDpDe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"动作速度是短跑项目的关键因素，对于动作速度的训练可采用多种方法，如重复法、比赛法和游戏法等。","id":""},{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"对于普通的练习者来说，比赛法是经常被采用的训练方法。","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"在比赛法中，练习者能够保持高涨的情绪，对提高速度起到积极的推动作用。该方法与正式比赛产生的效果基本相同，所以深受人们的喜爱。与此同时，由于在比赛的过程中能引起各种动作变化，还可以防止因经常安排表现最大速度的练习而引起的“速度障碍”。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnOSQIWK0wKSUiA7o3ODRhBy"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":860,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"短跑的训练方法","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/9b68986f1f8348adb80789e55499c31e","width":1200},"text":"","id":"doxcnS2wK680UCWm02Ht7f1qEkf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"以上就是对跑步的正确方法与技巧的有关讲解，希望能对您进行跑步锻炼有所助益！","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn6W4gYoSMUqiWymabqrIN9r"}]%3C%2Fhowto_content%3E